Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Statistics

419 missions · 203 completed

The mathematical discipline of drawing inferences from data under uncertainty: estimation, hypothesis testing, prediction, and the quantification of confidence. Grounded in probability, it spans classical and Bayesian inference, experimental design, and modern high-dimensional and nonparametric theory, asking what data can reveal and with what guarantees.

Missions

Open216Completed203All419
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Empirical Bernstein Bounds and Sample Variance Penalization: Sample Variance Penalization Has Excess Risk at Most √(32V(f*,μ)ln(3M(n)/δ)/n) + 22ln(3M(n)/δ)/(n−1) (Theorem 15)Research Paper

Motivation

Confidence bounds for the mean of a bounded random variable are the basic tool for certifying learned hypotheses, stopping sampling procedures and running bandit algorithms. Hoeffding's inequality gives an interval of width of order 1/n\sqrt{1/n}1/n​ whatever the variance. Bennett's and Bernstein's inequalities do better for low-variance variables, with width of order VZ/n+1/n\sqrt{\mathbb V Z/n} + 1/nVZ/n​+1/n, but the variance VZ\mathbb V ZVZ is unknown, so the bound cannot be evaluated from data.

Maurer and Pontil (arXiv:0907.3740v1, COLT 2009) prove empirical Bernstein bounds, in which the variance is replaced by the observable sample variance at the cost of a slightly larger 1/n1/n1/n term. They extend these bounds uniformly over infinite function classes whose complexity is controlled by a growth function. The uniform bound then suggests a learning rule, sample variance penalization (SVP): minimize the empirical risk plus a multiple of the empirical standard deviation. The paper's final result bounds the excess risk of SVP in terms of the variance of an optimal hypothesis. An analogous empirical Bernstein bound was given by Audibert, Munos and Szepesvári for multi-armed bandits, and Mnih, Szepesvári and Audibert (2008) used such bounds for stopping rules. Variance-penalized risk minimization was later studied as a convex surrogate by Namkoong and Duchi (2017).

Setting

For a vector x=(x1,…,xn)x = (x_1,\dots,x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​) of reals, the sample mean and sample variance are

Pn(x)=1n∑i=1nxi,Vn(x)=1n(n−1)∑i,j=1n(xi−xj)22.P_n(x) = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n x_i, \qquad V_n(x) = \frac{1}{n(n-1)}\sum_{i,j=1}^n\frac{(x_i-x_j)^2}{2}.Pn​(x)=n1​i=1∑n​xi​,Vn​(x)=n(n−1)1​i,j=1∑n​2(xi​−xj​)2​.

Let μ\muμ be a probability distribution on a set X\mathcal XX, and F\mathcal FF a class of hypotheses (loss functions) f:X→[0,1]f:\mathcal X\to[0,1]f:X→[0,1]. For f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F, its risk is P(f,μ)=Ef(X)P(f,\mu) = \mathbb E f(X)P(f,μ)=Ef(X) and its variance is V(f,μ)=Vf(X)V(f,\mu)=\mathbb V f(X)V(f,μ)=Vf(X), with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ. For a sample X=(X1,…,Xn)∼μn\mathbf X = (X_1,\dots,X_n)\sim\mu^nX=(X1​,…,Xn​)∼μn, Pn(f,X)P_n(f,\mathbf X)Pn​(f,X) and Vn(f,X)V_n(f,\mathbf X)Vn​(f,X) are PnP_nPn​ and VnV_nVn​ of the vector (f(X1),…,f(Xn))(f(X_1),\dots,f(X_n))(f(X1​),…,f(Xn​)).

The complexity of F\mathcal FF enters through the growth function. For x∈Xmx\in\mathcal X^mx∈Xm let F(x)={(f(x1),…,f(xm)):f∈F}⊆Rm\mathcal F(x) = \{(f(x_1),\dots,f(x_m)) : f\in\mathcal F\}\subseteq\mathbb R^mF(x)={(f(x1​),…,f(xm​)):f∈F}⊆Rm, and let N(ϵ,A,∥⋅∥∞)\mathcal N(\epsilon, A, \|\cdot\|_\infty)N(ϵ,A,∥⋅∥∞​) be the least number of sup-norm ϵ\epsilonϵ-balls centred in AAA that cover AAA. Then

N∞(ϵ,F,m)=sup⁡x∈XmN(ϵ,F(x),∥⋅∥∞),M(n)=10 N∞(1/n,F,2n).\mathcal N_\infty(\epsilon,\mathcal F,m) = \sup_{x\in\mathcal X^m}\mathcal N(\epsilon,\mathcal F(x),\|\cdot\|_\infty), \qquad \mathcal M(n) = 10\,\mathcal N_\infty(1/n,\mathcal F,2n).N∞​(ϵ,F,m)=x∈Xmsup​N(ϵ,F(x),∥⋅∥∞​),M(n)=10N∞​(1/n,F,2n).

For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, sample variance penalization selects

SVPλ(X)=arg⁡min⁡f∈F  Pn(f,X)+λVn(f,X)n.SVP_\lambda(\mathbf X) = \arg\min_{f\in\mathcal F}\; P_n(f,\mathbf X) + \lambda\sqrt{\frac{V_n(f,\mathbf X)}{n}}.SVPλ​(X)=argf∈Fmin​Pn​(f,X)+λnVn​(f,X)​​.

With λ=0\lambda = 0λ=0 it is empirical risk minimization.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 15 (p. 6)

Fix δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), n≥2n\ge2n≥2, λ=18ln⁡(3M(n)/δ)\lambda = \sqrt{18\ln(3\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}λ=18ln(3M(n)/δ)​ and any f∗∈Ff^*\in\mathcal Ff∗∈F. With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ in X∼μn\mathbf X\sim\mu^nX∼μn,

P(SVPλ(X),μ)−P(f∗,μ)≤32 V(f∗,μ)ln⁡(3M(n)/δ)n+22ln⁡(3M(n)/δ)n−1.P(SVP_\lambda(\mathbf X),\mu) - P(f^*,\mu) \le \sqrt{\frac{32\,V(f^*,\mu)\ln(3\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}{n}} + \frac{22\ln(3\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}{n-1}.P(SVPλ​(X),μ)−P(f∗,μ)≤n32V(f∗,μ)ln(3M(n)/δ)​​+n−122ln(3M(n)/δ)​.

The constants are the paper's. The goal is stated for an arbitrary comparator f∗f^*f∗, so it covers an optimal one when one exists.

Milestones

In the order of the proof:

  • the fourth-moment inequality (Lemma 8, Corollary 9);
  • the self-bounding concentration inequality the paper cites (Theorem 7, lower and upper tails);
  • the tails (5)–(6) of the sample variance and the standard-deviation bounds of Theorem 10;
  • the comparison W≤EVnW\le\mathbb EV_nW≤EVn​ of (7)–(9);
  • Bennett's inequality for independent variables, together with the i.i.d. Theorem 3;
  • the empirical Bernstein bounds (Theorem 4 for i.i.d. variables, Theorem 11 for independent ones);
  • the Lipschitz properties of the confidence functionals Φ,Ψ\Phi,\PsiΦ,Ψ (Lemma 12);
  • the symmetrization lemma (Lemma 13) and the swap bound (Lemma 14);
  • the uniform bound, Theorem 6:
Pr⁡{∃f∈F: P(f,μ)−Pn(f,X)>18Vn(f,X)ln⁡(M(n)/δ)n+15ln⁡(M(n)/δ)n−1}≤δ(n≥16).\Pr\Big\{\exists f\in\mathcal F:\ P(f,\mu)-P_n(f,\mathbf X) > \sqrt{\tfrac{18V_n(f,\mathbf X)\ln(\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}{n}} + \tfrac{15\ln(\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}{n-1}\Big\}\le\delta \quad (n\ge16).Pr{∃f∈F: P(f,μ)−Pn​(f,X)>n18Vn​(f,X)ln(M(n)/δ)​​+n−115ln(M(n)/δ)​}≤δ(n≥16).

Significance

Theorem 15 separates SVP from empirical risk minimization. If an optimal hypothesis has zero variance, the excess risk of SVP decays as ln⁡M(n)/n\ln\mathcal M(n)/nlnM(n)/n; for a finite class M(n)\mathcal M(n)M(n) does not depend on nnn and the rate is 1/n1/n1/n. The paper gives a two-hypothesis example where empirical risk minimization cannot beat order 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ (Section 4). No convexity of the class or special structure of the loss is needed beyond the growth-function bound. Theorems 4, 10 and 11 are reused well beyond this paper, in bandit algorithms, racing and stopping procedures, and certified estimation.

All results of the paper are proved there, apart from Theorem 7, which is cited from Maurer (2006), and Bennett's inequality for non-identical variables, which is cited from McDiarmid's survey Concentration (1998). This mission produces machine-checked statements of the chain, from the self-bounding inequality to the excess-risk bound. To our knowledge, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. On this platform, the namkoong-2017 series has an open re-derivation of Theorem 6 with other constants and a 1/n1/n1/n-normalized variance (VarianceRegularization.Covering.uniform_empirical_bernstein). It is related work, not the printed theorem.

Difficulty

Bennett's inequality cannot be applied directly, because its variance term is not observable. Substituting the sample variance requires a concentration inequality for VnV_nVn​ itself with the right dependence on EVn\mathbb EV_nEVn​, and VnV_nVn​ is a U-statistic, not a sum of independent terms: bounded-differences inequalities give only a variance-free rate, which is too weak.

The uniform extension does not follow from a union bound once the class is infinite. The classical double-sample argument compares a sample with a ghost sample through a linear functional; the empirical standard deviation is nonlinear, so that comparison does not go through unchanged. After symmetrization the coordinates are independent but not identically distributed, so i.i.d. concentration results do not apply to them.

Formalization scope

Conventions:

  • The source is arXiv:0907.3740v1. It has no printed page numbers, so every page cited is the PDF page.
  • Indices i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n are i : Fin n.
  • A sample is a vector Fin n → 𝒳 under the product measure Measure.pi, with i.i.d. coordinates Measure.pi (fun _ => μ) or independent ones Measure.pi μs. Variables "with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]" have laws giving zero mass outside [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, AAA" is written as μn{¬A}≤δ\mu^n\{\neg A\}\le\deltaμn{¬A}≤δ. For a set that is not measurable this is the outer measure.
  • PnP_nPn​ is the published VarianceRegularization.Expansion.empMean. VnV_nVn​ is a local sampleVar with the 1/(n(n−1))1/(n(n-1))1/(n(n−1)) normalization. V(f,μ)V(f,\mu)V(f,μ) is Mathlib's variance.
  • The covering number is Mathlib's Metric.coveringNumber (closed balls, centres in the set, values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}).
  • Pr⁡σ\Pr_\sigmaPrσ​ and Eσ\mathbb E_\sigmaEσ​ are uniform averages over the 2n2^n2n sign vectors.
  • SVPλSVP_\lambdaSVPλ​ is an arbitrary selector that returns, for every sample, a minimizer in F\mathcal FF of the penalized objective. Every minimizer is covered.

Added hypotheses and repaired statements, each disclosed in the item:

  • The paper says "questions of measurability will be ignored throughout". This is made precise as follows:
    • Theorems 6 and 15: F\mathcal FF is countable and its members are measurable.
    • Lemma 13: the function is measurable.
    • Theorem 7: ZZZ is measurable, integrable and nonnegative, and its coordinate-wise infima are measurable.
  • Theorems 6 and 15 assume N∞(1/n,F,2n)<∞\mathcal N_\infty(1/n,\mathcal F,2n)<\inftyN∞​(1/n,F,2n)<∞. With an infinite value the printed bound is vacuous.
  • Theorems 4 and 11 and Lemmas 12 and 14 add n≥2n\ge2n≥2. Theorem 3 and Bennett's display add n≥1n\ge1n≥1. Without these, Lean's convention 1/0=01/0=01/0=0 makes the printed formulas false at the excluded nnn.
  • Corollary 9's "set" {x1,…,xn}\{x_1,\dots,x_n\}{x1​,…,xn​} is read as a list, so repetitions are allowed.

Ruled-out trivializations:

  • SVP is not defined as the comparator f∗f^*f∗.
  • λ\lambdaλ is pinned to 18ln⁡(3M(n)/δ)\sqrt{18\ln(3\mathcal M(n)/\delta)}18ln(3M(n)/δ)​.
  • VnV_nVn​ is the sample variance, not the true variance.
  • No measurability of the bad event or of the selector is assumed.

A complete development needs the following:

  • the entropy method for self-bounding functions (Theorem 7);
  • Bennett's inequality for independent non-identical bounded variables;
  • product-measure symmetrization;
  • covering-number bookkeeping.

The concentration results of Section 2 and the symmetrization lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome. Theorem 7 and Bennett's inequality are natural standalone contributions.

Selected references

  • A. Maurer, M. Pontil, Empirical Bernstein Bounds and Sample Variance Penalization, COLT 2009; arXiv:0907.3740v1, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.3740
  • A. Maurer, Concentration inequalities for functions of independent variables, Random Structures & Algorithms 29, 121–138, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1002/rsa.20105
  • C. McDiarmid, Concentration, in Probabilistic Methods for Algorithmic Discrete Mathematics, Springer, 1998.
  • J.-Y. Audibert, R. Munos, Cs. Szepesvári, Exploration–exploitation trade-off using variance estimates in multi-armed bandits, Theoretical Computer Science 410(19), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tcs.2009.01.016
  • V. Mnih, Cs. Szepesvári, J.-Y. Audibert, Empirical Bernstein stopping, ICML 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1390156.1390241
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, JASA 58, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • H. Namkoong, J. C. Duchi, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, NeurIPS 2017; arXiv:1610.02581. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
21 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Residual Life Time at Great Age 5: If |c − ((1 − F)/F′)′| ≤ ε for t ≥ t₀, the Residual Life Normed by (1 − F(t))/F′(t) Is Within ε of Π_{0,c} for t ≥ t₀Research Paper

Motivation

The residual life time of a lifetime XXX at age ttt is the excess X−tX - tX−t given survival, X>tX > tX>t. How it behaves at great ages is a question in reliability (remaining life of an item that has already lasted long), in insurance and demography (remaining life at old age), and in the peaks-over-threshold method of extreme value statistics, where exceedances over a high threshold are modelled by a generalized Pareto law.

Balkema and de Haan (Residual Life Time at Great Age, Ann. Probab. 2 (1974) 792–804) determined every possible limit law of the suitably normed residual life as t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞, and their domains of attraction. For continuous limits, the classical sufficient conditions are von Mises' conditions (1936) on the derivative of (1−F)/F′(1 - F)/F'(1−F)/F′. Section 4 of the paper goes further: it gives inequalities that hold at every finite age t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, not only in the limit. This mission formalizes that finite-ttt result, the Corollary to Theorem 7.

Timeline: von Mises (1936) gives sufficient conditions for domains of attraction of extreme value laws; Balkema and de Haan (1974) prove the limit theorems for residual life and the finite-ttt bounds formalized here; Pickands (1975, Ann. Statist. 3, 119–131) proves the corresponding approximation by the generalized Pareto law for excesses, the result now known as the Pickands–Balkema–de Haan theorem.

Setting

Let XXX be a real random variable with distribution function FFF. The residual life distribution function at age ttt is

Ft(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t}.F_t(x) = P\{X - t \le x \mid X > t\}.Ft​(x)=P{X−t≤x∣X>t}.

Assume FFF has a positive, differentiable density F′F'F′ for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, and define the norming function

a(t)=1−F(t)F′(t)(t≥t0),a(t) = \frac{1 - F(t)}{F'(t)} \qquad (t \ge t_0),a(t)=F′(t)1−F(t)​(t≥t0​),

the reciprocal of the hazard rate. The normed residual life is (X−t)/a(t)(X - t)/a(t)(X−t)/a(t) given X>tX > tX>t, with distribution function P{(X−t)/a(t)≤x∣X>t}=Ft(x a(t))P\{(X - t)/a(t) \le x \mid X > t\} = F_t(x\,a(t))P{(X−t)/a(t)≤x∣X>t}=Ft​(xa(t)).

The comparison laws are the distribution functions Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​, c∈Rc \in \mathbb Rc∈R, all vanishing for x<0x < 0x<0:

  • for c>0c > 0c>0, Π0,c(x)=1−(1+cx)−1/c\Pi_{0,c}(x) = 1 - (1 + cx)^{-1/c}Π0,c​(x)=1−(1+cx)−1/c for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 (a generalized Pareto law);
  • for c=0c = 0c=0, Π0,0(x)=Π(x)=1−e−x\Pi_{0,0}(x) = \Pi(x) = 1 - e^{-x}Π0,0​(x)=Π(x)=1−e−x for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 (the exponential law);
  • for c<0c < 0c<0, Π0,c(x)=1−(1+cx)−1/c\Pi_{0,c}(x) = 1 - (1 + cx)^{-1/c}Π0,c​(x)=1−(1+cx)−1/c for 0≤x≤∣c∣−10 \le x \le |c|^{-1}0≤x≤∣c∣−1, and 111 beyond (bounded support).

Formalization targets

Goal: the Corollary to Theorem 7

If c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0 satisfy ∣c−a′(t)∣≤ε|c - a'(t)| \le \varepsilon∣c−a′(t)∣≤ε for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, then

∣Π0,c(x)−P{X−ta(t)≤x | X>t}∣≤εfor all x and all t≥t0.\left|\Pi_{0,c}(x) - P\left\{\frac{X - t}{a(t)} \le x \,\middle|\, X > t\right\}\right| \le \varepsilon \qquad \text{for all } x \text{ and all } t \ge t_0 .​Π0,c​(x)−P{a(t)X−t​≤x​X>t}​≤εfor all x and all t≥t0​.

Milestones

  1. The bounds (13): if c1≤a′≤c2c_1 \le a' \le c_2c1​≤a′≤c2​ on [t0,∞)[t_0, \infty)[t0​,∞), then 1+c1x≤a(t+xa(t))/a(t)≤1+c2x1 + c_1 x \le a(t + x a(t))/a(t) \le 1 + c_2 x1+c1​x≤a(t+xa(t))/a(t)≤1+c2​x for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, x≥0x \ge 0x≥0.
  2. The exponential representation
P{X−ta(t)>x | X>t}=1−F(t+xa(t))1−F(t)=exp⁡(−∫0xa(t)a(t+sa(t)) ds).P\left\{\frac{X - t}{a(t)} > x \,\middle|\, X > t\right\} = \frac{1 - F(t + x a(t))}{1 - F(t)} = \exp\left(-\int_0^x \frac{a(t)}{a(t + s a(t))}\, ds\right).P{a(t)X−t​>x​X>t}=1−F(t)1−F(t+xa(t))​=exp(−∫0x​a(t+sa(t))a(t)​ds).
  1. Theorem 7: if c1≤a′(t)≤c2c_1 \le a'(t) \le c_2c1​≤a′(t)≤c2​ for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, then
Π0,c2(x)≤P{X−ta(t)≤x | X>t}≤Π0,c1(x)(t≥t0, x∈R).\Pi_{0,c_2}(x) \le P\left\{\frac{X - t}{a(t)} \le x \,\middle|\, X > t\right\} \le \Pi_{0,c_1}(x) \qquad (t \ge t_0,\ x \in \mathbb R).Π0,c2​​(x)≤P{a(t)X−t​≤x​X>t}≤Π0,c1​​(x)(t≥t0​, x∈R).
  1. σ(u)=u−2(e−u−1+u)=∫01∫0te−us ds dt\sigma(u) = u^{-2}(e^{-u} - 1 + u) = \int_0^1\int_0^t e^{-us}\,ds\,dtσ(u)=u−2(e−u−1+u)=∫01​∫0t​e−usdsdt is positive and decreasing.
  2. Lemma 4: 0≤−(∂/∂c)Π0,c(x)<10 \le -(\partial/\partial c)\Pi_{0,c}(x) < 10≤−(∂/∂c)Π0,c​(x)<1 for c>−1c > -1c>−1, x≠0x \ne 0x=0, cx≠−1cx \ne -1cx=−1.
  3. ∣Π0,c(x)−Π0,c0(x)∣≤∣c−c0∣|\Pi_{0,c}(x) - \Pi_{0,c_0}(x)| \le |c - c_0|∣Π0,c​(x)−Π0,c0​​(x)∣≤∣c−c0​∣ for c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and all real c0c_0c0​, xxx.

The goal is the Corollary because it is the paper's final statement of Section 4: a single parameter ccc and a single error ε\varepsilonε, with no limit taken. Theorem 7 is the stronger two-parameter sandwich it rests on.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7 and its Corollary are a quantitative, non-asymptotic form of the von Mises condition ddt1−F(t)F′(t)→c\frac{d}{dt}\frac{1-F(t)}{F'(t)} \to cdtd​F′(t)1−F(t)​→c. If the derivative of the reciprocal hazard stays within ε\varepsilonε of ccc from age t0t_0t0​ on, then at every such age the normed excess distribution is uniformly within ε\varepsilonε of the generalized Pareto (or exponential) law Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​. Letting ε→0\varepsilon \to 0ε→0 along t0→∞t_0 \to \inftyt0​→∞ recovers convergence to Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​, and the bound itself quantifies the error of the generalized Pareto approximation used in threshold-exceedance modelling.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (1974), with short proofs. To our knowledge no part of it has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces checked versions of the theorem, the corollary and the elementary lemmas about the family Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​: its monotonicity and Lipschitz dependence on the parameter ccc, including across the case change at c=0c = 0c=0. Those facts about the generalized Pareto family are reusable in any formal development of extreme value statistics.

Difficulty

The analytic content is elementary, but several steps hide case analysis. The Lipschitz bound in ccc requires the derivative of Π0,c(x)\Pi_{0,c}(x)Π0,c​(x) in ccc across c=0c = 0c=0, where the formula changes from 1−(1+cx)−1/c1 - (1+cx)^{-1/c}1−(1+cx)−1/c to 1−e−x1 - e^{-x}1−e−x, and across the boundary cx=−1cx = -1cx=−1 of the support when c<0c < 0c<0, where the function is not differentiable. The bound −∂cΠ0,c<1-\partial_c \Pi_{0,c} < 1−∂c​Π0,c​<1 is not a crude estimate: it reduces to the comparison σ(u)<σ(−ψ)\sigma(u) < \sigma(-\psi)σ(u)<σ(−ψ) for the function σ(u)=u−2(e−u−1+u)\sigma(u) = u^{-2}(e^{-u} - 1 + u)σ(u)=u−2(e−u−1+u), which needs its strict monotonicity on all of R\mathbb RR, including u=0u = 0u=0 where the closed form is undefined. In Theorem 7 the lower bound 1+c1x1 + c_1 x1+c1​x in (13) becomes negative for c1<0c_1 < 0c1​<0 and large xxx; this is exactly where the comparison law Π0,c1\Pi_{0,c_1}Π0,c1​​ reaches 111, and the argument must handle it. The orientation is easy to get wrong: the upper bound c2c_2c2​ on the derivative gives the lower bound Π0,c2\Pi_{0,c_2}Π0,c2​​, since Π0,c(x)\Pi_{0,c}(x)Π0,c​(x) decreases in ccc.

Formalization scope

The source is the published Annals of Probability article (DOI 10.1214/aop/1176996548); page numbers are the journal's.

  • The law of XXX is a probability measure μ on ℝ, FFF is Mathlib's cdf μ, and Ft(x)=μ((t,t+x])/μ((t,∞))F_t(x) = \mu((t, t+x]) / \mu((t, \infty))Ft​(x)=μ((t,t+x])/μ((t,∞)). The normed probability P{(X−t)/a(t)≤x∣X>t}P\{(X-t)/a(t) \le x \mid X > t\}P{(X−t)/a(t)≤x∣X>t} is Ft(x a(t))F_t(x\,a(t))Ft​(xa(t)).
  • "Positive, differentiable density for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​" is: for t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​, cdf μ has derivative f(t)>0f(t) > 0f(t)>0 and fff has derivative f′(t)f'(t)f′(t), both within [t0,∞)[t_0, \infty)[t0​,∞); nothing is assumed to the left of t0t_0t0​.
  • The derivative ddta(t)\frac{d}{dt}a(t)dtd​a(t) is a named function a′a'a′ with HasDerivWithinAt on [t0,∞)[t_0, \infty)[t0​,∞); it is the derivative the density hypothesis already provides, so this adds no assumption. Bare deriv is not used.
  • Completion of Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​ for c<0c < 0c<0. The paper (p. 801) prints the formula only for 0≤x≤∣c∣−10 \le x \le |c|^{-1}0≤x≤∣c∣−1. The formalization sets Π0,c(x)=1\Pi_{0,c}(x) = 1Π0,c​(x)=1 for x>∣c∣−1x > |c|^{-1}x>∣c∣−1, as "distribution function" requires and as the proof of Lemma 4 uses ("Π0,c(x)\Pi_{0,c}(x)Π0,c​(x) is constant on both components of {c>−1}∖R\{c > -1\}\setminus R{c>−1}∖R"). The formula gives 111 at x=∣c∣−1x = |c|^{-1}x=∣c∣−1, so the completion is continuous.
  • Π0,0\Pi_{0,0}Π0,0​ is a separate branch (1−e−x1 - e^{-x}1−e−x), not the formula with 1/01/01/0.
  • σ\sigmaσ is defined as ∫01∫0te−us ds dt\int_0^1\int_0^t e^{-us}\,ds\,dt∫01​∫0t​e−usdsdt, and the closed form u−2(e−u−1+u)u^{-2}(e^{-u} - 1 + u)u−2(e−u−1+u) for u≠0u \ne 0u=0 is part of milestone 4. "Decreasing" is stated as strictly decreasing, which is what the proof of Lemma 4 uses (σ(u)<σ(−ψ)\sigma(u) < \sigma(-\psi)σ(u)<σ(−ψ)).
  • Lemma 4 states the differentiability of c↦Π0,c(x)c \mapsto \Pi_{0,c}(x)c↦Π0,c​(x) at ccc together with the bound 0≤−d<10 \le -d < 10≤−d<1 on its derivative ddd.
  • The bounds (13) are stated in both printed forms.
  • No sign condition is added on c1,c2c_1, c_2c1​,c2​ in Theorem 7; c1c_1c1​ may be any real number, and c−εc - \varepsilonc−ε in the Corollary may be negative.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the conclusion is a bound at every real xxx and every t≥t0t \ge t_0t≥t0​ with a(t)>0a(t) > 0a(t)>0, the conditional probability divides by μ((t,∞))>0\mu((t,\infty)) > 0μ((t,∞))>0 (which the density hypothesis implies), and the hypotheses are satisfied by, for example, the exponential law (a≡1a \equiv 1a≡1, c=0c = 0c=0) and the Pareto law 1−(1+x)−α1 - (1+x)^{-\alpha}1−(1+x)−α (a(t)=(1+t)/αa(t) = (1+t)/\alphaa(t)=(1+t)/α, c=1/αc = 1/\alphac=1/α).

A complete development needs the fundamental theorem of calculus with one-sided derivatives, a change of variables in interval integrals, and calculus of Real.rpow in the exponent parameter. The lemmas on Π0,c\Pi_{0,c}Π0,c​ and σ\sigmaσ are reusable beyond this mission; proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • A. A. Balkema, L. de Haan, Residual Life Time at Great Age, The Annals of Probability 2 (1974), no. 5, 792–804. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996548
  • R. von Mises, La distribution de la plus grande de n valeurs, Revue Mathématique de l'Union Interbalkanique 1 (1936), 141–160.
  • J. Pickands III, Statistical Inference Using Extreme Order Statistics, The Annals of Statistics 3 (1975), no. 1, 119–131. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343003
  • L. de Haan, On Regular Variation and Its Application to the Weak Convergence of Sample Extremes, Mathematical Centre Tracts 32, Amsterdam, 1970.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationInformation TheoryOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

I-Divergence Geometry of Probability Distributions and Minimization Problems 2: Under Moment Constraints the I-Projection Exists at Every Interior Point and Has Exponential-Family DensityResearch Paper

Minimum discrimination information under moment constraints

Given a reference probability distribution RRR and a set E\mathcal EE of probability distributions, the minimum discrimination information problem asks for the member of E\mathcal EE closest to RRR in Kullback–Leibler divergence. It is the basis of Kullback's information-theoretic approach to statistics (Kullback 1959), of the maximum-entropy principle of statistical physics (Jaynes 1957), and of large-deviation theory, where Sanov's theorem identifies the rate function of an empirical distribution with exactly this minimum. The most common constraint sets are defined by prescribed expectations ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP = a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, and the classical answer is that the minimizer is an exponential family member, with density cexp⁡∑itific\exp\sum_i t_i f_icexp∑i​ti​fi​ with respect to RRR.

That answer was usually justified by Lagrange multipliers, which presuppose that a minimizer exists. Csiszár's paper (Ann. Probab. 1975) treats the problem geometrically, with I-divergence in the role of squared Euclidean distance, and its last result, Theorem 3.3, proves existence and the exponential form at once for unbounded constraint functions, under a hypothesis on the exponential moments of the fif_ifi​.

Timeline:

  • 1959: Kullback formulates the minimum discrimination information theorem: an element of E\mathcal EE of exponential form is the minimizer (a sufficient condition).
  • 1966: Kullback and Khairat (Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 1966) refine the sufficient condition.
  • 1972: Čencov proves existence of exponential-form minimizers under general conditions (Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference, Theorem 23.1).
  • 1975: Csiszár proves Theorem 3.3 by the minimizing-sequence method of his Theorem 2.1; a first version of the paper assumed TR=EkT_R = E^kTR​=Ek, weakened to "TRT_RTR​ open" after Čencov's work.

Setting

All distributions (PD's) live on one measurable space (X,X)(X,\mathcal X)(X,X). The I-divergence of PPP from QQQ is

I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡pQ dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,I(P\|Q)=\int \log p_Q\,dP\ \text{ if } P\ll Q,\qquad I(P\|Q)=+\infty\ \text{ otherwise},I(P∥Q)=∫logpQ​dP  if P≪Q,I(P∥Q)=+∞  otherwise,

where pQp_QpQ​ is the density of PPP with respect to QQQ; it takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and vanishes only for P=QP=QP=Q. The variation distance is ∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR−qR∣ dR|P-Q|=\int|p_R-q_R|\,dR∣P−Q∣=∫∣pR​−qR​∣dR for any PD RRR dominating both. If E\mathcal EE is a convex set of PD's containing some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞, a Q∈EQ\in\mathcal EQ∈E with

I(Q∥R)=min⁡P∈EI(P∥R)I(Q\|R)=\min_{P\in\mathcal E} I(P\|R)I(Q∥R)=P∈Emin​I(P∥R)

is the I-projection of RRR on E\mathcal EE.

Fix real-valued measurable functions f1,…,fkf_1,\dots,f_kf1​,…,fk​ on XXX. For a=(a1,…,ak)∈Eka=(a_1,\dots,a_k)\in E^ka=(a1​,…,ak​)∈Ek (Euclidean kkk-space) the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is the set of PD's PPP with ∫fi dP=ai\int f_i\,dP=a_i∫fi​dP=ai​, i=1,…,ki=1,\dots,ki=1,…,k. Further:

  • ARA_RAR​ is the set of a∈Eka\in E^ka∈Ek for which E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) contains some PPP with I(P∥R)<∞I(P\|R)<\inftyI(P∥R)<∞;
  • TR={t∈Ek: exp⁡∑itifi is R-integrable}T_R=\{t\in E^k:\ \exp\sum_i t_i f_i \text{ is } R\text{-integrable}\}TR​={t∈Ek: exp∑i​ti​fi​ is R-integrable}, (3.16);
  • F(a)=inf⁡P∈E(a)I(P∥R)F(a)=\inf_{P\in\mathcal E(a)} I(P\|R)F(a)=infP∈E(a)​I(P∥R), (3.18), the optimal value as a function of the constraint levels.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3

If TRT_RTR​ is open in EkE^kEk, then for every point aaa of the interior of ARA_RAR​ the I-projection QQQ of RRR on E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) exists and

qR(x)=cexp⁡∑i=1ktifi(x)R-a.e.,q_R(x)=c\exp\sum_{i=1}^k t_i f_i(x)\qquad R\text{-a.e.},qR​(x)=cexpi=1∑k​ti​fi​(x)R-a.e.,

for some constant ccc and some t∈Ekt\in E^kt∈Ek.

Milestones

  1. (2.2), the parallelogram identity: I(Pm∥R)+I(Pn∥R)=2I(Pm+Pn2∥R)+I(Pm∥Pm+Pn2)+I(Pn∥Pm+Pn2)I(P_m\|R)+I(P_n\|R)=2I(\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2\|R)+I(P_m\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)+I(P_n\|\tfrac{P_m+P_n}2)I(Pm​∥R)+I(Pn​∥R)=2I(2Pm​+Pn​​∥R)+I(Pm​∥2Pm​+Pn​​)+I(Pn​∥2Pm​+Pn​​).
  2. (2.4): a minimizing sequence PnP_nPn​ in a convex set converges in variation to a PD Q≪RQ\ll RQ≪R (closedness of the set is not used).
  3. Lemma 3.1: if etfe^{tf}etf is QQQ-integrable for small ∣t∣|t|∣t∣, then I(Pn∥Q)→0I(P_n\|Q)\to0I(Pn​∥Q)→0 implies ∫f dPn→∫f dQ\int f\,dP_n\to\int f\,dQ∫fdPn​→∫fdQ.
  4. (3.18): ARA_RAR​ is convex and FFF is finite and convex on ARA_RAR​.
  5. (3.19): at an interior point aaa of ARA_RAR​ there is ttt with F(b)≥F(a)+∑iti(bi−ai)F(b)\ge F(a)+\sum_i t_i(b_i-a_i)F(b)≥F(a)+∑i​ti​(bi​−ai​) for all b∈ARb\in A_Rb∈AR​.
  6. Remark, p. 158: FFF is differentiable at interior points of ARA_RAR​, and grad⁡F(a)=t\operatorname{grad}F(a)=tgradF(a)=t, the parameter vector of the I-projection.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 gives existence of maximum-entropy (minimum discrimination information) distributions under finitely many moment constraints with unbounded constraint functions, which covers the usual exponential families of statistics (normal, gamma, Poisson moment constraints) where boundedness fails. It identifies the minimizer's form without assuming a minimizer exists, and the Remark identifies the natural parameters as the gradient of the optimal value, the sensitivity interpretation of Lagrange multipliers. These facts underlie the duality between moment and natural parameters of exponential families and the rate functions of Cramér and Sanov type.

The result is proved, in this paper and (under a slightly weaker hypothesis) by Čencov. None of it is formalized: Mathlib has the Kullback–Leibler divergence of measures (InformationTheory.klDiv) and tilted measures, but no I-projection, no existence theorem for constrained minimizers of KL divergence and no exponential-form characterization. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the existence and form theorem, together with the general steps it uses (the parallelogram identity, convergence of minimizing sequences in variation, continuity of exponential-moment expectations under KL convergence).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the first step: the moment set E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) is convex but not closed in variation when the fif_ifi​ are unbounded, since ∫fi dP\int f_i\,dP∫fi​dP is not continuous in variation. A minimizing sequence therefore converges in variation to some QQQ (as in Theorem 2.1), but nothing places QQQ in E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a): mass can escape to where ∣fi∣|f_i|∣fi​∣ is large. Ruling this out needs quantitative control of I(Pn∥Q)I(P_n\|Q)I(Pn​∥Q), which in turn requires knowing the form of QQQ before knowing QQQ is feasible; the interplay with the convexity of FFF and the openness of TRT_RTR​ is where the work lies. A Lagrange-multiplier argument is not available: it presupposes a minimizer and differentiability that are part of the conclusion.

Formalization scope

  • Probability distributions are Measure X with IsProbabilityMeasure; the I-divergence is Mathlib's klDiv : ℝ≥0∞, which for probability measures equals (1.1) with the conventions log⁡0=−∞\log 0=-\inftylog0=−∞, log⁡a0=+∞\log\frac a0=+\inftylog0a​=+∞, 0⋅(±∞)=00\cdot(\pm\infty)=00⋅(±∞)=0.
  • The variation distance uses P+QP+QP+Q as dominating measure (the page allows any dominating PD; the value is the same).
  • The I-projection carries I(Q∥R)<∞I(Q\|R)<\inftyI(Q∥R)<∞ explicitly: the page defines it only when E\mathcal EE meets {P:I(P∥R)<∞}\{P: I(P\|R)<\infty\}{P:I(P∥R)<∞}.
  • E(a)\mathcal E(a)E(a) requires PPP-integrability of every fif_ifi​, so the constraint integrals are genuine. EkE^kEk is Fin k → ℝ with its product (Euclidean) topology; "inner point" is the topological interior. k=0k=0k=0 is allowed.
  • FFF is an infimum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (equal to ∞\infty∞ outside ARA_RAR​); statements use its real value only on ARA_RAR​, where it is finite. (3.18) prints I(P∥Q)I(P\|Q)I(P∥Q); the reference measure is RRR, as the definition of ARA_RAR​ and the proof show. (3.16) prints (t1,…,tn)(t_1,\dots,t_n)(t1​,…,tn​) for (t1,…,tk)(t_1,\dots,t_k)(t1​,…,tk​).
  • Densities are Radon–Nikodym derivatives and the form (3.2) is an RRR-almost-everywhere identity with no exceptional set of positive measure.
  • Lemma 3.1 asserts that fff is PnP_nPn​-integrable for large nnn as well as the convergence, so that ∫f dPn\int f\,dP_n∫fdPn​ is not a default value.
  • Trivializing readings are excluded: the goal asserts existence of the I-projection rather than assuming it, TRT_RTR​ is an integrability set (not a set where a junk integral is finite), and the infimum is never a real sInf over a possibly empty set.

A complete development needs: Radon–Nikodym calculus for klDiv (the identity (2.6) I(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫log⁡qR dPI(P\|R)-I(P\|Q)=\int\log q_R\,dPI(P∥R)−I(P∥Q)=∫logqR​dP), Pinsker's inequality (available on the platform as a reference item), lower semicontinuity of klDiv under convergence in variation, completeness of the space of PD's in variation, and supporting hyperplanes of finite-dimensional convex functions. The KL parallelogram identity, Lemma 3.1 and the variation-distance facts are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on these infrastructure lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • I. Csiszár, I-divergence geometry of probability distributions and minimization problems, Ann. Probab. 3(1), 146–158, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996454
  • S. Kullback, Information Theory and Statistics, Wiley, 1959.
  • S. Kullback and M. A. Khairat, A note on minimum discrimination information, Ann. Math. Statist. 37, 279–280, 1966.
  • E. T. Jaynes, Information theory and statistical mechanics, Phys. Rev. 106, 620–630, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.106.620
  • N. N. Čencov, Statistical Decision Rules and Optimal Inference (Russian), Nauka, 1972; English translation, American Mathematical Society, 1982.
  • I. N. Sanov, On the probability of large deviations of random variables (Russian), Mat. Sbornik 42, 11–44, 1957.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Aspects of the Sequential Design of Experiments II: Staying on Heads and Switching on Tails Loses at Most 3 − 2√2 per Toss in the Long RunResearch Paper

Motivation

In 1952 Herbert Robbins asked how a statistician should draw a sample sequentially from two populations when the goal is the largest possible expected total, not a test or an estimate after the fact (Robbins 1952). This is the problem now called the two-armed bandit, and Robbins' paper is the usual starting point of the multi-armed bandit literature that underlies clinical-trial allocation, adaptive experimentation and online recommendation (Lattimore and Szepesvári 2020).

Robbins illustrated the problem with two coins. His first concrete rule, "stay on heads, switch on tails" (later known as win-stay, lose-shift or play the winner), uses only the outcome of the last toss, yet its long-run loss relative to an observer who knows the better coin is at most 3−23/2≈0.1723-2^{3/2}\approx 0.1723−23/2≈0.172 per toss, against 1/21/21/2 for a rule that ignores the outcomes. The same rule was studied again in clinical-trial design as "play the winner" (Zelen 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Robbins computes the operating characteristics of the stay-or-switch rule R1R_1R1​ and of the outcome-blind rule R0R_0R0​ for two coins, and shows that a greedy rule with sparse forced sampling attains max⁡(α,β)\max(\alpha,\beta)max(α,β) for arbitrary populations with finite means (Section 2). 1969: Zelen proposes the play-the-winner rule for clinical trials. 1985: Lai and Robbins give the logarithmic lower bound on regret and rules that attain it (Lai and Robbins 1985).

Setting

Two coins AAA and BBB have unknown head probabilities α\alphaα and β\betaβ, with 0≤α,β≤10\le\alpha,\beta\le10≤α,β≤1. A head pays \1,atailpaysnothing.If, a tail pays nothing. If ,atailpaysnothing.Ifx_i\in{0,1}isthepayoffoftheis the payoff of theisthepayoffofthei−thtoss,-th toss, −thtoss,S_n=x_1+\dots+x_nisthetotalreceivedafteris the total received afteristhetotalreceivedafterntosses.Intheformaldevelopmentthepairofcoinsisa∗∗two−armedstochasticbandit∗∗:armtosses. In the formal development the pair of coins is a **two-armed stochastic bandit**: armtosses.Intheformaldevelopmentthepairofcoinsisa∗∗two−armedstochasticbandit∗∗:arm0iscoinis coiniscoinA,withpayofflaw, with payoff law ,withpayofflaw(1-\alpha)\delta_0+\alpha\delta_1,andarm, and arm ,andarm1iscoinis coiniscoinB,withpayofflaw, with payoff law ,withpayofflaw(1-\beta)\delta_0+\beta\delta_1$.

A sampling rule chooses the coin for each toss from the outcomes of the earlier tosses. Two rules are studied.

  • Rule R1R_1R1​. For the first toss choose AAA or BBB at random. Then, for i=1,2,…i=1,2,\dotsi=1,2,…, if the iii-th toss results in heads, use the same coin for the (i+1)(i+1)(i+1)-th toss; if it results in tails, switch to the other coin.
  • Rule R0R_0R0​. Choose one of the two coins at random and then use it for every toss.

Write pip_ipi​ for the probability of heads on the iii-th toss under the rule in use, and E(Sn/n)\mathrm E(S_n/n)E(Sn​/n) for the expected average payoff of the first nnn tosses. The paper's two parameters are

γ=α+β2,δ=∣α−β∣2,\gamma=\frac{\alpha+\beta}{2},\qquad \delta=\frac{|\alpha-\beta|}{2},γ=2α+β​,δ=2∣α−β∣​,

so that max⁡(α,β)=γ+δ\max(\alpha,\beta)=\gamma+\deltamax(α,β)=γ+δ is the expected payoff per toss of an observer who knows the better coin. Following the paper, α\alphaα and β\betaβ are assumed not both 000 and not both 111; then ∣α+β−1∣<1|\alpha+\beta-1|<1∣α+β−1∣<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the asymptotic loss of R1R_1R1​ and its maximum

Under R1R_1R1​,

lim⁡n→∞E ⁣(Snn)=γ+δ21−γ,L(A,B,R1)=lim⁡n→∞[max⁡(α,β)−E ⁣(Snn)]=δ[1−δ1−γ],\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathrm E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right)=\gamma+\frac{\delta^2}{1-\gamma}, \qquad L(A,B,R_1)=\lim_{n\to\infty}\left[\max(\alpha,\beta)-\mathrm E\!\left(\frac{S_n}{n}\right)\right]=\delta\left[1-\frac{\delta}{1-\gamma}\right],n→∞lim​E(nSn​​)=γ+1−γδ2​,L(A,B,R1​)=n→∞lim​[max(α,β)−E(nSn​​)]=δ[1−1−γδ​],

and for every admissible pair of coins

0≤L(A,B,R1)≤M1=3−23/2,0\le L(A,B,R_1)\le M_1=3-2^{3/2},0≤L(A,B,R1​)≤M1​=3−23/2,

with equality at α=0, β=2−21/2\alpha=0,\ \beta=2-2^{1/2}α=0, β=2−21/2 and at α=2−21/2, β=0\alpha=2-2^{1/2},\ \beta=0α=2−21/2, β=0 (Eqs. (6), (8) and the text after (8), p. 531).

Milestones, in the order of the argument

  1. Eq. (2): pi+1=(α+β−1)pi+(α+β−2αβ)p_{i+1}=(\alpha+\beta-1)p_i+(\alpha+\beta-2\alpha\beta)pi+1​=(α+β−1)pi​+(α+β−2αβ) for i≥1i\ge1i≥1.
  2. Eq. (3): the closed form pi=(α+β−1)i−1[p1−c]+cp_i=(\alpha+\beta-1)^{i-1}\bigl[p_1-c\bigr]+cpi​=(α+β−1)i−1[p1​−c]+c with c=(α+β−2αβ)/(2−(α+β))c=(\alpha+\beta-2\alpha\beta)/(2-(\alpha+\beta))c=(α+β−2αβ)/(2−(α+β)).
  3. Eqs. (4)–(5): lim⁡ipi=c=γ+δ2/(1−γ)\lim_i p_i=c=\gamma+\delta^2/(1-\gamma)limi​pi​=c=γ+δ2/(1−γ).
  4. Eq. (6): both E(Sn/n)\mathrm E(S_n/n)E(Sn​/n) and (p1+⋯+pn)/n(p_1+\dots+p_n)/n(p1​+⋯+pn​)/n have the stated limit.
  5. Eqs. (7)–(8) and M1M_1M1​: max⁡(α,β)=γ+δ\max(\alpha,\beta)=\gamma+\deltamax(α,β)=γ+δ and 0≤δ[1−δ/(1−γ)]≤3−23/20\le\delta[1-\delta/(1-\gamma)]\le 3-2^{3/2}0≤δ[1−δ/(1−γ)]≤3−23/2, with the two maximizers.
  6. Rule R0R_0R0​: L(A,B,R0)=δL(A,B,R_0)=\deltaL(A,B,R0​)=δ, whose maximum over the admissible pairs is M0=1/2M_0=1/2M0​=1/2, at (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) and (1,0)(1,0)(1,0).

Significance

The result. The goal quantifies how much an extremely simple adaptive rule recovers. A rule blind to outcomes loses up to half a dollar per toss; one bit of memory cuts the worst case to about 0.1720.1720.172. Robbins used this comparison to argue that the sequential design problem has nontrivial, computable answers, and to motivate the forced-sampling rule Rˉ\bar RRˉ of the same section, whose loss tends to 000. The closed forms (3)–(6) are the exact operating characteristics of the four-state Markov chain (coin,outcome)(\text{coin},\text{outcome})(coin,outcome) that R1R_1R1​ generates.

Formalizing it. The results are classical and elementary on paper, but none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a verified chain from the canonical bandit measure to an explicit long-run payoff: the head probability of a fixed toss is computed from the law of the whole trajectory, the recursion is derived from the rule's kernels, and the Cesàro limit closes the argument. The same pattern applies to any finite-memory bandit rule, and the coin bandit and the two rules are reusable test cases for the platform's bandit library. No platform theorem states R1R_1R1​, its recursion or its loss; other two-state models on the platform (a Markov-renewal gain rate, an MDP gadget) are different objects.

Difficulty

The recursion (2) is a statement about the trajectory law, not about a Markov chain given in advance: the chain (coini,xi)(\text{coin}_i,x_i)(coini​,xi​) has to be extracted from the Ionescu–Tulcea construction of the bandit measure, where the coin of toss i+1i+1i+1 is a deterministic function of toss iii and the payoff is drawn from the chosen coin's law. The head probability alone is not a Markov chain: pi+1p_{i+1}pi+1​ depends on the joint law of coin and outcome at toss iii, so a naive one-step argument on pip_ipi​ does not apply, and the affine form of (2) is a property of this particular rule. The maximization in (8) is over a two-dimensional region whose maximizers lie on the boundary α=0\alpha=0α=0 or β=0\beta=0β=0, and the excluded corners are exactly where the formula δ/(1−γ)\delta/(1-\gamma)δ/(1−γ) breaks down.

Formalization scope

The bandit is the published BanditAlgorithm.StochasticBandit 2; the rules are policies of the published type BanditPolicy 2, and probabilities and expectations are taken under the published infinite-horizon measure banditTrajMeasure, whose coordinate ttt is toss t+1t+1t+1. Head probabilities are elements of unitInterval. The conventions committed to are:

  • "At random" for the first coin of R1R_1R1​ and R0R_0R0​ is the fair choice, probability 1/21/21/2 each.
  • Heads is the payoff value 111; pip_ipi​ is defined for i≥1i\ge1i≥1 and every statement quantifies over i≥1i\ge1i≥1 or n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • "Not both 000 or both 111" is the hypothesis ¬(α=0∧β=0)∧¬(α=1∧β=1)\neg(\alpha=0\wedge\beta=0)\wedge\neg(\alpha=1\wedge\beta=1)¬(α=0∧β=0)∧¬(α=1∧β=1), never 0<α0<\alpha0<α or α<1\alpha<1α<1, which would remove the maximizer α=0\alpha=0α=0. Robbins states it immediately before Eq. (2), and the Lean carries it through the probability and loss results.
  • The paper's "lim⁡E(Sn/n)=lim⁡(p1+⋯+pn)/n\lim E(S_n/n)=\lim (p_1+\dots+p_n)/nlimE(Sn​/n)=lim(p1​+⋯+pn​)/n" is stated as convergence of both sequences to the same value.
  • "L(A,B,R1)L(A,B,R_1)L(A,B,R1​) has its maximum value M1M_1M1​ when …" is read as: L≤M1L\le M_1L≤M1​ for every admissible (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β), and L=M1L=M_1L=M1​ at both named points ("or vice versa").
  • 23/22^{3/2}23/2 is written 222\sqrt222​. The numerical asides (≈.172\approx .172≈.172, ≈.586\approx .586≈.586, "17.2 cents") are not formalized, nor is the "tossing the two coins alternately" variant of R0R_0R0​.

The asymptotic loss is stated as the limit of max⁡(α,β)−E(Sn/n)\max(\alpha,\beta)-\mathrm E(S_n/n)max(α,β)−E(Sn​/n); defining LLL by its closed form would make the goal a tautology. Likewise, the head probabilities are computed from the law of the rule on the coins: positing a sequence that satisfies (2) would drop the probabilistic content.

A complete development needs: the one-dimensional marginals of banditTrajMeasure (the law of coordinate t+1t+1t+1 given the prefix), the joint law of (coin, payoff) at each toss, linearity of expectation for bounded payoffs, a Cesàro-mean lemma, and a short two-variable optimization. The trajectory-marginal lemmas are reusable for every bandit mission on the platform; contributions that prove them in general are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Robbins, Some aspects of the sequential design of experiments, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 58(5) (1952), 527–535. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1952-09620-8
  • M. Zelen, Play the winner rule and the controlled clinical trial, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 64 (1969), 131–146. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1969.10500959
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Adv. Appl. Math. 6 (1985), 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • T. Lattimore and C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

On Tail Probabilities for Martingales 3: If E exp[−e(λ)W] ≤ e^{−λa} and E exp[−f(λ)W] ≥ e^{−λ(a+1)} for All λ ≥ 0, Then P{W < b} > ½ exp[−(½ + 2δ)a²/b]Research Paper

Motivation

Freedman's inequality bounds the probability that a martingale with increments bounded above by 111 reaches a level aaa before its accumulated conditional variance exceeds bbb: the bound is exp⁡[−a2/2(a+b)]\exp[-a^2/2(a+b)]exp[−a2/2(a+b)] (D. A. Freedman, On Tail Probabilities for Martingales, Ann. Probab. 3 (1975) 100–118, Theorem (4.1), doi:10.1214/aop/1176996452). It is the standard tool for concentration of martingales whose variance is random, and it is used throughout online learning, bandit theory and the analysis of randomized algorithms.

The same paper shows that the exponent a2/2ba^2/2ba2/2b cannot be improved in general. For a martingale with increments bounded by 111 in absolute value, Freedman's estimate (1.10) bounds from below the probability that level aaa is crossed while the conditional variance used is still below bbb. The analytic core of that lower bound is isolated in the paper as Proposition (4.10), p. 109: a statement about a single nonnegative random variable whose Laplace transform is controlled from both sides. The paper calls its proof "disappointingly hard". This mission formalizes Proposition (4.10) and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space. For real λ\lambdaλ put (Definition (1.2), p. 101)

e(λ)=eλ−1−λ,f(λ)=e−λ−1+λ.e(\lambda)=e^{\lambda}-1-\lambda,\qquad f(\lambda)=e^{-\lambda}-1+\lambda .e(λ)=eλ−1−λ,f(λ)=e−λ−1+λ.

Both are nonnegative and equal λ2/2+O(λ3)\lambda^2/2+O(\lambda^3)λ2/2+O(λ3) near 000. Fix a>0a>0a>0 and a nonnegative random variable WWW. The two Laplace-transform bounds are, for every λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0,

(4.11a)E{exp⁡[−e(λ)W]}≤exp⁡(−λa),(4.11b)E{exp⁡[−f(λ)W]}≥exp⁡(−λ(a+1)).\text{(4.11a)}\quad E\{\exp[-e(\lambda)W]\}\le\exp(-\lambda a),\qquad \text{(4.11b)}\quad E\{\exp[-f(\lambda)W]\}\ge\exp(-\lambda(a+1)).(4.11a)E{exp[−e(λ)W]}≤exp(−λa),(4.11b)E{exp[−f(λ)W]}≥exp(−λ(a+1)).

In the paper W=WaW=W_aW=Wa​ is the conditional variance ∑i≤τaVar⁡{Xi∣Fi−1}\sum_{i\le\tau_a}\operatorname{Var}\{X_i\mid\mathcal F_{i-1}\}∑i≤τa​​Var{Xi​∣Fi−1​} accumulated up to the first time τa\tau_aτa​ the martingale reaches aaa; for that variable (4.11a) and (4.11b) are Theorems (1.12) and (1.8). Here WWW is abstract. The hypotheses are consistent: the first-passage time of standard Brownian motion to level aaa has Ee−sW=e−a2sE e^{-sW}=e^{-a\sqrt{2s}}Ee−sW=e−a2s​, and since f(λ)≤λ2/2≤e(λ)f(\lambda)\le\lambda^2/2\le e(\lambda)f(λ)≤λ2/2≤e(λ) for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, it satisfies both bounds.

The parameter conditions (4.12) on positive reals δ,a,b\delta,a,bδ,a,b are

δ<13,ba>9δ2,a2b>16δ2log⁡64δ2.\delta<\tfrac13,\qquad \frac ba>\frac{9}{\delta^2},\qquad \frac{a^2}{b}>\frac{16}{\delta^2}\log\frac{64}{\delta^2}.δ<31​,ab​>δ29​,ba2​>δ216​logδ264​.

The proof uses the notation (4.14): φ(λ)=λ2/2−λ3/6\varphi(\lambda)=\lambda^2/2-\lambda^3/6φ(λ)=λ2/2−λ3/6, λ=(1+δ)a/b\lambda=(1+\delta)a/bλ=(1+δ)a/b, k=a2/bk=a^2/bk=a2/b, N=2/δ2N=2/\delta^2N=2/δ2, the five intervals I1=[0,Na]I_1=[0,Na]I1​=[0,Na], I2=(Na,(1−2δ)b]I_2=(Na,(1-2\delta)b]I2​=(Na,(1−2δ)b], I3=(b,2b]I_3=(b,2b]I3​=(b,2b], I4=(2b,∞)I_4=(2b,\infty)I4​=(2b,∞), I5=((1−2δ)b,b]I_5=((1-2\delta)b,b]I5​=((1−2δ)b,b], and the terms

ηi=φ(λ)∫IiP{W<x} e−φ(λ)x dx.\eta_i=\varphi(\lambda)\int_{I_i}P\{W<x\}\,e^{-\varphi(\lambda)x}\,dx .ηi​=φ(λ)∫Ii​​P{W<x}e−φ(λ)xdx.

In Lean these objects are FreedmanTail.LowerTail.e, f, LaplaceUpper, LaplaceLower, ParamConditions, phi, lamStar, kStar, NStar, I1–I5 and eta.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition (4.10)

Under (4.11a)–(4.11b) for all λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 and (4.12a)–(4.12c),

P{W<b}>12exp⁡ ⁣[−(12+2δ)a2b].(4.13)P\{W<b\}>\tfrac12\exp\!\left[-\left(\tfrac12+2\delta\right)\frac{a^2}{b}\right].\qquad(4.13)P{W<b}>21​exp[−(21​+2δ)ba2​].(4.13)

Milestones

In the order of the proof:

  1. Lemma (4.9): α>0\alpha>0α>0, x>2log⁡αx>2\log\alphax>2logα imply ex>αxe^x>\alpha xex>αx.
  2. (4.17): exp⁡(−δ2k/8)<1/(8k)\exp(-\delta^2k/8)<1/(8k)exp(−δ2k/8)<1/(8k) under (4.12).
  3. (4.18): under (4.11a), P{W<x}<exp⁡[−a2/(2(a+x))]P\{W<x\}<\exp[-a^2/(2(a+x))]P{W<x}<exp[−a2/(2(a+x))] for x≥0x\ge0x≥0.
  4. (4.15): under (4.11b) and (4.12), φ(λ)∫0∞P{W<x}e−φ(λ)x dx>exp⁡[−λ(a+1)]\varphi(\lambda)\int_0^\infty P\{W<x\}e^{-\varphi(\lambda)x}\,dx>\exp[-\lambda(a+1)]φ(λ)∫0∞​P{W<x}e−φ(λ)xdx>exp[−λ(a+1)].
  5. (4.19), with its exponent corrected: P{W<x}<(18−150)exp⁡[−(1+δ)k]P\{W<x\}<(\tfrac18-\tfrac1{50})\exp[-(1+\delta)k]P{W<x}<(81​−501​)exp[−(1+δ)k] for 0≤x≤Na0\le x\le Na0≤x≤Na.
  6. (4.16:1)–(4.16:4): η1<(18−150)e−(1+δ)k\eta_1<(\tfrac18-\tfrac1{50})e^{-(1+\delta)k}η1​<(81​−501​)e−(1+δ)k and ηi<18e−(1+δ)k\eta_i<\tfrac18e^{-(1+\delta)k}ηi​<81​e−(1+δ)k for i=2,3,4i=2,3,4i=2,3,4.
  7. (4.16:5): η5<P{W<b}⋅exp⁡[(−12+2δ2)k]\eta_5<P\{W<b\}\cdot\exp[(-\tfrac12+2\delta^2)k]η5​<P{W<b}⋅exp[(−21​+2δ2)k].

Significance

The result. Proposition (4.10) converts two-sided control of a Laplace transform into a lower bound for a left tail, with an explicit constant and an explicit range of validity. Applied to the crossing variance WaW_aWa​ it gives Freedman's lower bound (1.10) for P{Wa<b}P\{W_a<b\}P{Wa​<b}, which matches the exponent a2/(2b)a^2/(2b)a2/(2b) of the upper bound of Theorem (4.1) up to the term 2δa2/b2\delta a^2/b2δa2/b. That is the statement that Freedman's inequality is sharp in the regime a2/b→∞a^2/b\to\inftya2/b→∞, b/a→∞b/a\to\inftyb/a→∞.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved in the 1975 paper; no machine-checked proof is known. Mathlib contains Chernoff-type upper bounds and the layer-cake formula, but no lower tail bound derived from two-sided Laplace-transform control. The mission produces a self-contained, constant-explicit Tauberian-type lemma for nonnegative random variables, usable without any martingale structure. The companion missions of this series formalize Theorem (4.1) and the Laplace bound (1.8); together they would give the sharpness statement for martingales.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to invert the Laplace-transform bounds directly. A lower bound on E{e−sW}E\{e^{-sW}\}E{e−sW} does not by itself bound P{W<b}P\{W<b\}P{W<b} from below: the mass that makes the Laplace transform large could sit at small values of WWW or be spread over a wide range. Without (4.11a) the conclusion fails, and with it every contribution from values of WWW away from bbb must be shown negligible at a precision of order e−(1+δ)ke^{-(1+\delta)k}e−(1+δ)k, where k=a2/bk=a^2/bk=a2/b is large. The main term is smaller than the total by the factor e−k/2e^{-k/2}e−k/2, so every error term must be estimated with constants explicit enough to stay below it. The thresholds (4.12b)–(4.12c) are what make all of these comparisons hold at once.

Formalization scope

The probability space is a measurable space Ω with a measure P and [IsProbabilityMeasure P]. WWW is a measurable function Ω → ℝ with W ω ≥ 0 for every ω. The expectations in (4.11) are Bochner integrals of exp⁡[−e(λ)W]\exp[-e(\lambda)W]exp[−e(λ)W] and exp⁡[−f(λ)W]\exp[-f(\lambda)W]exp[−f(λ)W]; for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 these integrands lie in (0,1](0,1](0,1], so they are integrable and the integrals are genuine expectations. Probabilities are P.real {ω | W ω < x}, with the strict event as on the page. The integrals in xxx are Lebesgue integrals over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and over the intervals IiI_iIi​; the integrand is a nondecreasing function of xxx times e−φ(λ)xe^{-\varphi(\lambda)x}e−φ(λ)x, hence measurable and, as φ(λ)>0\varphi(\lambda)>0φ(λ)>0, integrable.

Conventions and corrections, each also disclosed in the items:

  • The page says "for each a>0a>0a>0, let WaW_aWa​ be a nonnegative random variable"; only the one variable at the one level aaa of (4.12) enters, so the statement is made for a fixed aaa and a single WWW.
  • (4.14) prints φ(λ)=λ2/2>λ3/6\varphi(\lambda)=\lambda^2/2>\lambda^3/6φ(λ)=λ2/2>λ3/6; this is read as φ(λ)=λ2/2−λ3/6\varphi(\lambda)=\lambda^2/2-\lambda^3/6φ(λ)=λ2/2−λ3/6, as the rest of the proof requires.
  • (4.19) prints θ=(18−150)exp⁡[−(1+δ)]\theta=(\tfrac18-\tfrac1{50})\exp[-(1+\delta)]θ=(81​−501​)exp[−(1+δ)]; the milestone states θ=(18−150)exp⁡[−(1+δ)k]\theta=(\tfrac18-\tfrac1{50})\exp[-(1+\delta)k]θ=(81​−501​)exp[−(1+δ)k], which is what the page's argument proves and what (4.16:1) needs.
  • (4.18) is stated for every x≥0x\ge0x≥0, the range on which it is used.
  • The proof of (4.16:5) ends "This settles (3.16:5)", a misprint for (4.16:5).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the hypotheses are satisfied by the Brownian first-passage time above, the parameter conditions hold for instance at δ=0.3\delta=0.3δ=0.3, a=106a=10^6a=106, b=2⋅108b=2\cdot10^8b=2⋅108, and no integral in a hypothesis or conclusion can take a default value 000.

Needed infrastructure: Markov's inequality and the layer-cake formula (both in Mathlib), the identity E{e−sW}=s∫0∞P{W<x}e−sx dxE\{e^{-sW}\}=s\int_0^\infty P\{W<x\}e^{-sx}\,dxE{e−sW}=s∫0∞​P{W<x}e−sxdx for W≥0W\ge0W≥0, and elementary estimates of exe^xex and of the convex function θ(x)=λ22x+NN+1a22x\theta(x)=\tfrac{\lambda^2}2x+\tfrac{N}{N+1}\tfrac{a^2}{2x}θ(x)=2λ2​x+N+1N​2xa2​ of (4.21). The layer-cake identity and the left-tail bound (4.18) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the unnumbered steps (4.20)–(4.30).

The source is the published article in The Annals of Probability (a scanned copy); page numbers are the journal's.

Selected references

  • D. A. Freedman, On Tail Probabilities for Martingales, The Annals of Probability 3(1) (1975) 100–118. doi:10.1214/aop/1176996452
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

On Tail Probabilities for Martingales 1: If X_n ≤ 1 and E{X_n | ℱ_{n−1}} ≤ 0, Then P{S_n ≥ a and T_n ≤ b for Some n} ≤ (b/(a+b))^{a+b} e^a ≤ exp[−a²/2(a+b)]Research Paper

Motivation

For sums of independent bounded random variables, the inequalities of Bernstein and Bennett bound the probability of a large deviation by an exponential in the deviation and the variance (Bennett 1962; Hoeffding 1963). Many processes met in probability, statistics and learning theory are not sums of independent terms but martingales or supermartingales: sequential estimators, stochastic approximation iterates, the regret of an online algorithm. For them the relevant scale is not a fixed variance but the conditional variance accumulated along the path, which is itself random.

David A. Freedman's paper On Tail Probabilities for Martingales (Ann. Probab. 3 (1975) 100–118) extended the Bernstein–Bennett inequality to this dependent case, with the conditional variance in place of the variance and with a bound that holds simultaneously for all times. The result, now called Freedman's inequality, is the standard tool for martingale concentration with variance-sensitive rates and is used throughout bandit and reinforcement-learning analyses, random-graph arguments and stochastic optimization. This mission formalizes that theorem, (4.1) of the paper, together with the chain of lemmas the paper uses to prove it.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and F0⊂F1⊂F2⊂⋯\mathcal F_0\subset\mathcal F_1\subset\mathcal F_2\subset\cdotsF0​⊂F1​⊂F2​⊂⋯ an increasing sequence of sub-σ\sigmaσ-fields of F\mathcal FF (a filtration). Let X1,X2,…X_1,X_2,\dotsX1​,X2​,… be real random variables with XnX_nXn​ measurable with respect to Fn\mathcal F_nFn​. Define

  • the partial sums Sn=X1+⋯+XnS_n=X_1+\cdots+X_nSn​=X1​+⋯+Xn​, with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0;
  • the conditional variances Vn=Var⁡{Xn∣Fn−1}V_n=\operatorname{Var}\{X_n\mid\mathcal F_{n-1}\}Vn​=Var{Xn​∣Fn−1​};
  • the intrinsic time Tn=V1+⋯+VnT_n=V_1+\cdots+V_nTn​=V1​+⋯+Vn​, with T0=0T_0=0T0​=0.

Freedman treats TnT_nTn​ as an intrinsic clock: read at time TnT_nTn​ rather than nnn, the process SnS_nSn​ resembles Brownian motion. The paper's condition (3.4) is

Xn≤1 a.e.andE{Xn∣Fn−1}≤0 a.e.for all n≥1,X_n\le1\ \text{a.e.}\qquad\text{and}\qquad E\{X_n\mid\mathcal F_{n-1}\}\le0\ \text{a.e.}\qquad\text{for all }n\ge1,Xn​≤1 a.e.andE{Xn​∣Fn−1​}≤0 a.e.for all n≥1,

so (Sn)(S_n)(Sn​) is a supermartingale whose increments are bounded above by 111; no lower bound is assumed. The auxiliary functions are e(λ)=eλ−1−λe(\lambda)=e^\lambda-1-\lambdae(λ)=eλ−1−λ and Qλ(v,y)=exp⁡{λy−e(λ)v}Q_\lambda(v,y)=\exp\{\lambda y-e(\lambda)v\}Qλ​(v,y)=exp{λy−e(λ)v}, with time first and position second. A stopping time σ\sigmaσ takes values in {0,1,2,…,∞}\{0,1,2,\dots,\infty\}{0,1,2,…,∞} with {σ≤n}∈Fn\{\sigma\le n\}\in\mathcal F_n{σ≤n}∈Fn​, and P{σ=∞}>0P\{\sigma=\infty\}>0P{σ=∞}>0 is allowed.

In Lean these are FreedmanTail.Bernstein.S, V, T (on Filtration ℕ m, with V given by Mathlib's condVar) and FreedmanTail.Bernstein.e, Q.

Formalization targets

Goal: (4.1) Theorem

Under (3.4), for all a>0a>0a>0 and b>0b>0b>0,

P{Sn≥a and Tn≤b for some n=1,2,… }≤(ba+b)a+bea≤exp⁡[−a22(a+b)].P\{S_n\ge a\ \text{and}\ T_n\le b\ \text{for some } n=1,2,\dots\}\le\Bigl(\frac{b}{a+b}\Bigr)^{a+b}e^{a}\le\exp\Bigl[-\frac{a^{2}}{2(a+b)}\Bigr].P{Sn​≥a and Tn​≤b for some n=1,2,…}≤(a+bb​)a+bea≤exp[−2(a+b)a2​].

The first bound is of Bennett type, the second of Bernstein type. The event is a union over all times; the bound does not depend on any horizon.

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them:

  1. (3.1) Lemma: g(0)=12g(0)=\tfrac12g(0)=21​, g(x)=(ex−1−x)/x2g(x)=(e^x-1-x)/x^2g(x)=(ex−1−x)/x2 for x≠0x\ne0x=0, is increasing.
  2. (3.2) Corollary: exp⁡(λx)≤1+λx+x2e(λ)\exp(\lambda x)\le1+\lambda x+x^2e(\lambda)exp(λx)≤1+λx+x2e(λ) for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, x≤1x\le1x≤1.
  3. (3.5): E{exp⁡(λX)}≤1+e(λ)Var⁡X≤exp⁡[e(λ)Var⁡X]E\{\exp(\lambda X)\}\le1+e(\lambda)\operatorname{Var}X\le\exp[e(\lambda)\operatorname{Var}X]E{exp(λX)}≤1+e(λ)VarX≤exp[e(λ)VarX] for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, X≤1X\le1X≤1, E(X)≤0E(X)\le0E(X)≤0.
  4. Proof of (3.3): {Qλ(Tn,Sn),Fn}\{Q_\lambda(T_n,S_n),\mathcal F_n\}{Qλ​(Tn​,Sn​),Fn​} is a supermartingale for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0.
  5. (3.3) Proposition: ∫{σ<∞}Qλ(Tσ,Sσ) dP≤1\int_{\{\sigma<\infty\}}Q_\lambda(T_\sigma,S_\sigma)\,dP\le1∫{σ<∞}​Qλ​(Tσ​,Sσ​)dP≤1 for every stopping time σ\sigmaσ and λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0.
  6. Proof of (4.1): P{A}≤exp⁡[−λa+e(λ)b]P\{A\}\le\exp[-\lambda a+e(\lambda)b]P{A}≤exp[−λa+e(λ)b] for every λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, where AAA is the event of the goal.
  7. Proof of (4.1): λ0=log⁡[(a+b)/b]\lambda_0=\log[(a+b)/b]λ0​=log[(a+b)/b] minimizes this bound, with value (b/(a+b))a+bea(b/(a+b))^{a+b}e^a(b/(a+b))a+bea.
  8. Proof of (4.1): (b/(a+b))a+bea≤exp⁡[−a2/(2(a+b))](b/(a+b))^{a+b}e^a\le\exp[-a^2/(2(a+b))](b/(a+b))a+bea≤exp[−a2/(2(a+b))].

Significance

The inequality bounds the probability that a supermartingale ever reaches level aaa before its accumulated conditional variance exceeds bbb. Since it holds for all times at once, fixed-horizon versions follow immediately, as do versions with stopping times, and with a peeling argument over bbb it gives the variance-adaptive confidence sequences used in sequential testing and in the analysis of algorithms. Freedman's paper uses it to derive the law of the iterated logarithm for martingales; later work uses it wherever a martingale's conditional variance is much smaller than the square of its increment bound.

The theorem has been proved for fifty years. What this mission adds is a machine-checked statement and proof of the full infinite-horizon form under the one-sided hypothesis (3.4), together with the exponential supermartingale and the optional-stopping bound (3.3) as reusable lemmas. Prove2Me already has fixed-horizon Bernstein-form consequences for martingale differences; the infinite-horizon Bennett form under (3.4) does not appear in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The naive route of applying Markov's inequality to exp⁡(λSn)\exp(\lambda S_n)exp(λSn​) at a fixed nnn gives a bound for one time only and requires a deterministic bound on TnT_nTn​. Taking a union over all nnn loses everything. The content of the theorem is that the random clock TnT_nTn​ and the supremum over time can both be absorbed, which requires an exponential process compensated by the random TnT_nTn​ and an optional-stopping bound for stopping times that may be infinite with positive probability. The process need not be uniformly integrable, and the increments have no lower bound. A second, smaller, difficulty is the variance form of (3.5): the bound uses Var⁡X\operatorname{Var}XVarX rather than E(X2)E(X^2)E(X2), which is strictly sharper when E(X)<0E(X)<0E(X)<0 and is needed to compensate with conditional variances.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions this mission commits to:

  • Increments are a sequence X : ℕ → Ω → ℝ used from index 111 (X 0 is never read), so SnS_nSn​, TnT_nTn​ and VnV_nVn​ carry the paper's indices. The filtration is Mathlib's Filtration ℕ m, and "XnX_nXn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable" is StronglyMeasurable[ℱ n] (X n) for n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • VnV_nVn​ is Mathlib's condVar (ℱ (n - 1)) (X n) P. Mathlib sets a conditional expectation of a non-integrable function to 000, so every increment is assumed square integrable (MemLp (X n) 2 P). This is the one hypothesis added to the page. Under (3.4) the page also allows increments of infinite variance, for which its TnT_nTn​ is +∞+\infty+∞; the formalization narrows the class of processes and leaves every conclusion as printed. Milestone (3.5) likewise assumes E(X2)<∞E(X^2)<\inftyE(X2)<∞, which is the case the page reduces to.
  • "Expectation-decreasing martingale" is Mathlib's Supermartingale.
  • Stopping times are Ω → WithTop ℕ with IsStoppingTime; ⊤\top⊤ is ∞\infty∞. In (3.3) the integral over {σ<∞}\{\sigma<\infty\}{σ<∞} is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so the bound does not presuppose integrability, and SσS_\sigmaSσ​, TσT_\sigmaTσ​ are read only on {σ≠∞}\{\sigma\ne\infty\}{σ=∞}.
  • The probability of the event "for some nnn" is the measure of {ω:∃n≥1, Sn(ω)≥a, Tn(ω)≤b}\{\omega:\exists n\ge1,\ S_n(\omega)\ge a,\ T_n(\omega)\le b\}{ω:∃n≥1, Sn​(ω)≥a, Tn​(ω)≤b}. (b/(a+b))a+b(b/(a+b))^{a+b}(b/(a+b))a+b is a real power.
  • (3.1) is stated as strict monotonicity, which its proof (g′(x)>0g'(x)>0g′(x)>0 for x≠0x\ne0x=0) establishes.

A fixed-horizon statement (n=Nn=Nn=N, or n≤Nn\le Nn≤N), a martingale hypothesis E{Xn∣Fn−1}=0E\{X_n\mid\mathcal F_{n-1}\}=0E{Xn​∣Fn−1​}=0, or a two-sided bound ∣Xn∣≤1|X_n|\le1∣Xn​∣≤1 would each be a strictly weaker theorem than (4.1) and is not an acceptable formalization of the goal.

The development needs exponential supermartingales compensated by conditional variance, optional stopping for stopping times that may be infinite, and elementary real analysis of exe^xex. The real-analysis milestones (3.1), (3.2) and the two calculus steps are independent and reusable; (3.5) is a self-contained moment-generating-function bound; the supermartingale and (3.3) are reusable for every exponential-supermartingale argument. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • David A. Freedman, On Tail Probabilities for Martingales, The Annals of Probability 3(1) (1975), 100–118. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996452 (source of this mission; a scanned copy of the published article, cited by printed page)
  • George Bennett, Probability Inequalities for the Sum of Independent Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 57 (1962), 33–45. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1962.10482149
  • Wassily Hoeffding, Probability Inequalities for Sums of Bounded Random Variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963), 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

Poisson Approximation for Dependent Trials 2: For φ-Mixing Bernoulli Trials, an Order-λ⁻¹ Bound on |Eh(W) − 𝒫_λh| in Var W − λ + 2(2m+1)Σp_i² and nφ(m+1)Research Paper

Motivation

The number of successes in many rare trials is approximately Poisson. For independent trials the quality of that approximation was quantified by Le Cam in 1960: if X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are independent Bernoulli variables with P(Xi=1)=piP(X_i=1)=p_iP(Xi​=1)=pi​, W=∑iXiW=\sum_i X_iW=∑i​Xi​ and λ=∑ipi\lambda=\sum_i p_iλ=∑i​pi​, the total variation distance between the law of WWW and the Poisson law with mean λ\lambdaλ is bounded by a constant multiple of ∑ipi2\sum_i p_i^2∑i​pi2​, and by a constant multiple of λ−1∑ipi2\lambda^{-1}\sum_i p_i^2λ−1∑i​pi2​ when λ≥1\lambda\ge 1λ≥1. Many applications have dependent trials: occurrences of a pattern in a sequence, exceedances of a high level by a stationary process, failures in a system with local interactions. L. H. Y. Chen's 1975 paper extended Charles Stein's method of normal approximation to the Poisson case and obtained explicit bounds for dependent trials. The approach became known as the Stein–Chen method, and is now the standard tool for Poisson approximation of dependent counts.

Timeline.

  • 1960. Le Cam proves the independent-trial bounds (0.1)–(0.3) of Chen's introduction.
  • 1964. Kerstan extends them to independent nonnegative integer variables and improves the constant in (0.3).
  • 1970. Stein introduces his method of normal approximation for dependent variables.
  • 1975. Chen (Ann. Probab. 3) adapts it to Poisson approximation. He proves Theorems 4.1–4.4 for sequences satisfying Ibragimov's mixing condition, the mmm-dependent case, and a second-order expansion for independent trials.

This mission formalizes the order-λ−1\lambda^{-1}λ−1 bound of that paper, Theorem 4.2.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and let X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be Bernoulli trials: random variables with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} and pi=P(Xi=1)p_i=P(X_i=1)pi​=P(Xi​=1). Following the paper, set Xi≡0X_i\equiv0Xi​≡0 for i≤0i\le0i≤0 and i≥n+1i\ge n+1i≥n+1. Put

W=∑i=1nXi,λ=∑i=1npi.W=\sum_{i=1}^nX_i,\qquad \lambda=\sum_{i=1}^np_i .W=i=1∑n​Xi​,λ=i=1∑n​pi​.

For a bounded real function hhh on the nonnegative integers, the Poisson expectation is

Pλh=e−λ∑k=0∞h(k)λkk!,\mathcal P_\lambda h=e^{-\lambda}\sum_{k=0}^\infty h(k)\frac{\lambda^k}{k!},Pλ​h=e−λk=0∑∞​h(k)k!λk​,

the mean of hhh under the Poisson law with parameter λ\lambdaλ. The quantity of interest is ∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣ for all hhh with ∣h∣≤1|h|\le1∣h∣≤1. Its supremum over such hhh is twice the total variation distance between the law of WWW and the Poisson law.

Dependence is measured by Ibragimov's mixing condition (4.1). Let Ma,b=σ(Xi:a≤i≤b)\mathcal M_{a,b}=\sigma(X_i:a\le i\le b)Ma,b​=σ(Xi​:a≤i≤b). There must be a non-increasing sequence φ(k)↓0\varphi(k)\downarrow0φ(k)↓0 such that for all j,k≥1j,k\ge1j,k≥1 and every event B∈Mj+k,∞B\in\mathcal M_{j+k,\infty}B∈Mj+k,∞​,

∣P(B∣M1j)−P(B)∣≤φ(k)almost surely.|P(B\mid\mathcal M_{1j})-P(B)|\le\varphi(k)\quad\text{almost surely}.∣P(B∣M1j​)−P(B)∣≤φ(k)almost surely.

A sequence is mmm-dependent when (X1,…,Xr)(X_1,\dots,X_r)(X1​,…,Xr​) and (Xr+k,… )(X_{r+k},\dots)(Xr+k​,…) are independent for all k>mk>mk>m. It then satisfies (4.1) with φ(k)=0\varphi(k)=0φ(k)=0 for k>mk>mk>m.

The proof works with the partial sums V(i)=∑∣k−i∣>mXkV^{(i)}=\sum_{|k-i|>m}X_kV(i)=∑∣k−i∣>m​Xk​, V(i,j)=∑∣k−i∣>m,∣k−j∣>mXkV^{(i,j)}=\sum_{|k-i|>m,|k-j|>m}X_kV(i,j)=∑∣k−i∣>m,∣k−j∣>m​Xk​, Yij=V(i)+∑k=i−mjXkY_{ij}=V^{(i)}+\sum_{k=i-m}^jX_kYij​=V(i)+∑k=i−mj​Xk​ and Yij′=V(i)+∑k=i−m,k≠ijXkY'_{ij}=V^{(i)}+\sum_{k=i-m,k\ne i}^jX_kYij′​=V(i)+∑k=i−m,k=ij​Xk​. It also uses the Stein solution SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h, the solution for w≥1w\ge1w≥1 of wf(w)−λf(w+1)=h(w)−Pλhwf(w)-\lambda f(w+1)=h(w)-\mathcal P_\lambda hwf(w)−λf(w+1)=h(w)−Pλ​h.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2, (4.13)

For every m=0,1,2,…m=0,1,2,\dotsm=0,1,2,… and every hhh with ∣h∣≤1|h|\le1∣h∣≤1,

∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤2λ−1[8m+5+4(nφ(m+1))1/2][Var⁡(W)−λ+2(2m+1)∑i=1npi2]+32[6m+3+(nφ(m+1))1/2]nφ(m+1).|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|\le2\lambda^{-1}\bigl[8m+5+4(n\varphi(m+1))^{1/2}\bigr]\Bigl[\operatorname{Var}(W)-\lambda+2(2m+1)\sum_{i=1}^np_i^2\Bigr]+32\bigl[6m+3+(n\varphi(m+1))^{1/2}\bigr]n\varphi(m+1).∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣≤2λ−1[8m+5+4(nφ(m+1))1/2][Var(W)−λ+2(2m+1)i=1∑n​pi2​]+32[6m+3+(nφ(m+1))1/2]nφ(m+1).

The bound involves only the law of WWW through Var⁡(W)\operatorname{Var}(W)Var(W), the success probabilities, the window mmm and the mixing rate. The window mmm is free, so the statement covers every trade-off between local dependence and mixing.

Consequences (companion items)

  • Theorem 4.3, (4.21). For mmm-dependent trials, ∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤2(8m+5)λ−1[∑∑i≠jCov⁡(Xi,Xj)+(4m+1)∑pi2]|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|\le2(8m+5)\lambda^{-1}\bigl[\sum\sum_{i\ne j}\operatorname{Cov}(X_i,X_j)+(4m+1)\sum p_i^2\bigr]∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣≤2(8m+5)λ−1[∑∑i=j​Cov(Xi​,Xj​)+(4m+1)∑pi2​].
  • Corollary 4.1, (4.23). For independent trials, ∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤10λ−1∑pi2|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|\le10\lambda^{-1}\sum p_i^2∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣≤10λ−1∑pi2​. This improves Le Cam's (0.3).
  • Theorem 4.4. For identically distributed trials with φ(m)=e−αm\varphi(m)=e^{-\alpha m}φ(m)=e−αm, there are bounds (4.24) and (4.25) whose constants depend only on α\alphaα.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  • the basic identity (2.2), the Stein solution (2.5) and the expansion (2.6);
  • the bounds on SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h: Lemmas 3.1–3.3, (3.6) and Lemma 3.5;
  • the mixing inequalities, Lemmas 4.1–4.3 and 4.6;
  • the variance bound, Lemma 4.4;
  • the four displays (4.14) and (4.16)–(4.19) of the proof of Theorem 4.2;
  • Cauchy–Schwarz (4.10) and Lemma 4.5.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 gives an error of order λ−1\lambda^{-1}λ−1 times the excess variance Var⁡(W)−λ+O(m∑pi2)\operatorname{Var}(W)-\lambda+O(m\sum p_i^2)Var(W)−λ+O(m∑pi2​), plus a mixing remainder. When the trials are nearly uncorrelated, Var⁡(W)≈λ\operatorname{Var}(W)\approx\lambdaVar(W)≈λ and the bound is small even though λ\lambdaλ is large. This is the regime where the companion Theorem 4.1, which carries a factor min⁡(λ−1/2,1)\min(\lambda^{-1/2},1)min(λ−1/2,1), is weaker. The independent case recovers Le Cam's order λ−1∑pi2\lambda^{-1}\sum p_i^2λ−1∑pi2​ with constant 10. The mmm-dependent case gives explicit Poisson limit theorems for scan statistics and pattern counts.

All results of the paper are proved there, and the proofs are elementary apart from the measure theory of Lemma 4.1. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has the Poisson distribution and conditional expectation, but no Stein–Chen bound and no mixing inequality of Ibragimov's type. A formal proof would give the first checked quantitative Poisson approximation for dependent trials. It would also give reusable covariance inequalities for φ\varphiφ-mixing sequences (Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3).

Difficulty

Most of the work is bookkeeping, and it is heavy. Identity (2.2) needs a telescoping over windows [i−m,j][i-m,j][i−m,j] whose ends can fall outside [1,n][1,n][1,n]. (4.15)–(4.18) need ∣Yi,j−1′+1−λ∣|Y'_{i,j-1}+1-\lambda|∣Yi,j−1′​+1−λ∣ to be compared with ∣V(i,j)−EV(i,j)∣|V^{(i,j)}-EV^{(i,j)}|∣V(i,j)−EV(i,j)∣ with explicit constants.

The genuinely probabilistic step is the decoupling of Lemma 4.2. Condition (4.1) controls conditional probabilities of events. Lemma 4.2 needs a bound on conditional expectations of functions of a whole random vector. Passing from one to the other requires a regular conditional distribution that is uniformly close to the unconditional law on a set of full measure (Lemma 4.1). The naive route, applying (4.1) to each level set of a simple function, loses a factor that grows with the number of levels and does not give the constant 2∥f∥2\|f\|2∥f∥.

The bound (4.16) applies Lemma 4.4 to a subsequence of the trials. This uses the fact that dropping variables preserves (4.1) with the same φ\varphiφ, because φ\varphiφ is non-increasing.

Formalization scope

  • Trials. The trials are a map X:N→Ω→NX:\mathbb N\to\Omega\to\mathbb NX:N→Ω→N that is measurable, vanishes at index 000 and above nnn, and is at most 111 almost surely. The constant padding adds nothing to any σ\sigmaσ-algebra, so (4.1), mmm-dependence and independence of the padded sequence are those of X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​.
  • Probabilities and moments. pip_ipi​ is defined as P(Xi=1)P(X_i=1)P(Xi​=1), not taken as a parameter. Var⁡\operatorname{Var}Var and Cov⁡\operatorname{Cov}Cov are Mathlib's. All integrands are almost surely bounded, so no integrability hypotheses are needed.
  • Norms. Sup norms are replaced by bounds MMM with ∣h∣≤M|h|\le M∣h∣≤M. ∥Sλh∥\|S_\lambda h\|∥Sλ​h∥ ranges over w≥1w\ge1w≥1.
  • Mixing condition. In (4.1) the conditional probability is the conditional expectation of the indicator, and lags are k≥1k\ge1k≥1.
  • Added hypotheses. The §3 lemmas and (2.6), (4.14) assume λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, because they divide by λ\lambdaλ. The goal and the companions do not assume it: at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 all pip_ipi​ vanish, W=0W=0W=0 almost surely, and both sides are 000 under Lean's convention 0−1=00^{-1}=00−1=0.
  • Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3. They are stated for an arbitrary measurable real sequence satisfying (4.1), as on the page. The independent copy Z′Z'Z′ is expressed through the law of ZZZ.
  • Theorem 4.4. Its constants are quantified before the probability space, nnn and the trials. This is what "depend only on α\alphaα" means.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. Measurability of the trials is part of the definition, because otherwise conditional expectations in (4.1) collapse to 000. The goal mentions only WWW, λ\lambdaλ, pip_ipi​, Var⁡(W)\operatorname{Var}(W)Var(W), φ\varphiφ, mmm and hhh. It does not mention SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h or any milestone quantity.

A complete development needs the Stein solution and its bounds, a Bernoulli-sum calculus over integer windows, regular conditional distributions on standard Borel spaces, and the mixing covariance inequalities. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, as are alternative proofs of Lemma 4.2 through Mathlib's condDistrib.

Selected references

  • L. H. Y. Chen, Poisson approximation for dependent trials, Annals of Probability 3(3):534–545, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996359
  • L. Le Cam, An approximation theorem for the Poisson binomial distribution, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 10(4):1181–1197, 1960. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1960.10.1181
  • C. Stein, A bound for the error in the normal approximation to the distribution of a sum of dependent random variables, Proc. Sixth Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Probab. 2:583–602, 1972. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200514239
  • I. A. Ibragimov, Some limit theorems for stationary processes, Theory of Probability and its Applications 7(4):349–382, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1137/1107036
  • A. D. Barbour, L. Holst, S. Janson, Poisson Approximation, Oxford University Press, 1992. ISBN 978-0-19-852235-9
22 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

Poisson Approximation for Dependent Trials 3: For Independent Trials with max p_i ≤ λ/2, |Eh(W) − 𝒫_λh + (Σp_i²)𝒫_λU_λh| ≤ (24 + 96√2)λ⁻¹Σp_i³Research Paper

Motivation

The number of successes in many rare, roughly independent trials is approximately Poisson. This law of small numbers is used for counts of rare events in reliability, insurance, epidemiology, queueing and random combinatorics. A quantitative version says how large the error is. For independent Bernoulli trials with success probabilities p1,…,pnp_1,\dots,p_np1​,…,pn​ and λ=∑pi\lambda=\sum p_iλ=∑pi​, Le Cam (1960) showed that the error in total variation is of order ∑pi2\sum p_i^2∑pi2​. When all pip_ipi​ are small this tends to zero, but it does not say what the leading part of the error is.

L. H. Y. Chen's 1975 paper (Ann. Probab. 3, 534–545) adapted Charles Stein's method for normal approximation to the Poisson case. The result is now called the Stein–Chen method. The paper's §2–§4 give first-order error bounds for dependent (mixing) trials. Its §5, "A refinement", goes one order further for independent trials. It identifies the first-order correction explicitly and shows that what remains is of order λ−1∑pi3\lambda^{-1}\sum p_i^3λ−1∑pi3​. Kerstan (1964) had obtained a similar expansion by a different method. Chen's version comes from iterating the basic identity of the Stein–Chen method. This mission formalizes §5.

Timeline:

  • 1953: Prohorov bounds the distance between the binomial and the Poisson law.
  • 1960: Le Cam proves the ∑pi2\sum p_i^2∑pi2​ bound for independent, non-identical trials. Hodges and Le Cam give a short proof.
  • 1964: Kerstan gives a refinement of the Prohorov–Le Cam bounds.
  • 1975: Chen introduces the Stein–Chen method. It gives first-order bounds under Ibragimov's mixing condition and the second-order expansion (Theorem 5.1) for independent trials.

Setting

Let X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent random variables on a probability space, each taking only the values 000 and 111, with success probabilities pi=P(Xi=1)p_i=P(X_i=1)pi​=P(Xi​=1). Put

W=∑i=1nXi,λ=∑i=1npi,W(i)=∑k≠iXk,λ(i)=∑j≠ipj.W=\sum_{i=1}^nX_i,\qquad\lambda=\sum_{i=1}^np_i,\qquad W^{(i)}=\sum_{k\ne i}X_k,\qquad\lambda^{(i)}=\sum_{j\ne i}p_j .W=i=1∑n​Xi​,λ=i=1∑n​pi​,W(i)=k=i∑​Xk​,λ(i)=j=i∑​pj​.

For a bounded real function hhh on the nonnegative integers, the Poisson expectation is

Pλh=e−λ∑k=0∞h(k)λkk!,\mathscr P_\lambda h=e^{-\lambda}\sum_{k=0}^\infty h(k)\frac{\lambda^k}{k!},Pλ​h=e−λk=0∑∞​h(k)k!λk​,

the mean of hhh under the Poisson law with parameter λ\lambdaλ. The Stein equation is wf(w)−λf(w+1)=h(w)−Pλhwf(w)-\lambda f(w+1)=h(w)-\mathscr P_\lambda hwf(w)−λf(w+1)=h(w)−Pλ​h. For w≥1w\ge1w≥1 its solution is

Sλh(w)=−(w−1)! λ−w∑k=0w−1[h(k)−Pλh]λkk!.S_\lambda h(w)=-(w-1)!\,\lambda^{-w}\sum_{k=0}^{w-1}\bigl[h(k)-\mathscr P_\lambda h\bigr]\frac{\lambda^k}{k!}.Sλ​h(w)=−(w−1)!λ−wk=0∑w−1​[h(k)−Pλ​h]k!λk​.

Write Δf(w)=f(w+1)−f(w)\Delta f(w)=f(w+1)-f(w)Δf(w)=f(w+1)−f(w) and Lf(w)=f(w+1)Lf(w)=f(w+1)Lf(w)=f(w+1). Chen's second-order operator is

Uλh(w)=ΔSλh(w+1)=Sλh(w+2)−Sλh(w+1),w≥0.U_\lambda h(w)=\Delta S_\lambda h(w+1)=S_\lambda h(w+2)-S_\lambda h(w+1),\qquad w\ge0 .Uλ​h(w)=ΔSλ​h(w+1)=Sλ​h(w+2)−Sλ​h(w+1),w≥0.

For another parameter b>0b>0b>0, SbUλhS_bU_\lambda hSb​Uλ​h and UbUλhU_bU_\lambda hUb​Uλ​h apply the Stein solution and the operator with parameter bbb to the function UλhU_\lambda hUλ​h.

In Lean: poissonExp, stein, delta, shiftL, stU, prob, lam, lamExcept, W, Wi, all in the namespace PoissonDepTrials.SecondOrder.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1, (5.7)

If X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are independent, n≥2n\ge2n≥2 and pˉ=max⁡ipi≤λ/2\bar p=\max_ip_i\le\lambda/2pˉ​=maxi​pi​≤λ/2, then for every hhh with ∣h∣≤1|h|\le1∣h∣≤1,

∣Eh(W)−Pλh+(∑i=1npi2)PλUλh∣≤(24+962)λ−1∑i=1npi3.\Bigl|Eh(W)-\mathscr P_\lambda h+\Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^np_i^2\Bigr)\mathscr P_\lambda U_\lambda h\Bigr|\le\bigl(24+96\sqrt2\bigr)\lambda^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^np_i^3 .​Eh(W)−Pλ​h+(i=1∑n​pi2​)Pλ​Uλ​h​≤(24+962​)λ−1i=1∑n​pi3​.

The paper writes the constant as "an absolute constant CCC not greater than 24+96(2)1/224+96(2)^{1/2}24+96(2)1/2". The formal goal fixes CCC at that value, which is the same statement.

Milestones

In order: the Stein solution (2.3)/(2.5); the difference identity (3.6); Lemmas 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.5 (bounds on SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h and ΔSλh\Delta S_\lambda hΔSλ​h); the first-order identity (5.8) Eh(W)=Pλh−∑ipi2EUλh(W(i))Eh(W)=\mathscr P_\lambda h-\sum_ip_i^2EU_\lambda h(W^{(i)})Eh(W)=Pλ​h−∑i​pi2​EUλ​h(W(i)); Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2 (dependence of Poisson expectations on the parameter); Lemmas 5.3–5.5 (bounds on Pb∣LmUλh∣\mathscr P_b|L^mU_\lambda h|Pb​∣LmUλ​h∣, SbUλhS_bU_\lambda hSb​Uλ​h and UbUλhU_bU_\lambda hUb​Uλ​h); the bound (5.9),

∣Eh(W)−Pλh+(∑pi2)PλUλh∣≤24λ−1∑ipi3+96λ−1∑i∑j≠ipi2pj2λ(i);\Bigl|Eh(W)-\mathscr P_\lambda h+\Bigl(\sum p_i^2\Bigr)\mathscr P_\lambda U_\lambda h\Bigr|\le24\lambda^{-1}\sum_ip_i^3+96\lambda^{-1}\sum_i\sum_{j\ne i}\frac{p_i^2p_j^2}{\lambda^{(i)}};​Eh(W)−Pλ​h+(∑pi2​)Pλ​Uλ​h​≤24λ−1i∑​pi3​+96λ−1i∑​j=i∑​λ(i)pi2​pj2​​;

and the closing inequality λ−1∑ipi2∑j≠ipj2/λ(i)≤2 λ−1∑ipi3\lambda^{-1}\sum_ip_i^2\sum_{j\ne i}p_j^2/\lambda^{(i)}\le\sqrt2\,\lambda^{-1}\sum_ip_i^3λ−1∑i​pi2​∑j=i​pj2​/λ(i)≤2​λ−1∑i​pi3​.

Significance

The theorem gives an explicit first correction to the Poisson approximation of a Poisson-binomial law, with a remainder of the next order. When all pip_ipi​ equal ppp, the first-order error ∑pi2=λp\sum p_i^2=\lambda p∑pi2​=λp is replaced by the remainder λ−1∑pi3=p2\lambda^{-1}\sum p_i^3=p^2λ−1∑pi3​=p2, which is smaller by the factor λ\lambdaλ. The correction term is a functional of the Poisson law alone, −(∑pi2)PλUλh-(\sum p_i^2)\mathscr P_\lambda U_\lambda h−(∑pi2​)Pλ​Uλ​h. It can be evaluated without knowing the distribution of WWW. The method of proof applies the basic identity twice. The paper notes that further iteration gives expansions to any order.

On the formal side, Mathlib has the Poisson distribution but no Stein–Chen machinery and no quantitative Poisson approximation. The theorem has, as far as is known, no machine-checked proof. This mission produces the Stein solution and its standard bounds (Lemmas 3.1–3.5), which are reusable by any Stein–Chen argument. It also produces the parameter-perturbation estimates of Lemmas 5.1–5.2 and a complete second-order expansion. Missions 1 and 2 of this series formalize the first-order bounds of §4 under a mixing condition. They share the Stein-solution layer.

Difficulty

The first-order bound needs only that ΔSλh\Delta S_\lambda hΔSλ​h is uniformly small (Lemma 3.4). A second-order bound needs more. After the first application of the identity, the error ∑pi2EUλh(W(i))\sum p_i^2EU_\lambda h(W^{(i)})∑pi2​EUλ​h(W(i)) has to be expanded again. That requires control of the iterated operator UbUλhU_bU_\lambda hUb​Uλ​h with a different parameter b=λ(i)b=\lambda^{(i)}b=λ(i), because W(i)W^{(i)}W(i) is approximately Poisson with mean λ(i)\lambda^{(i)}λ(i), not λ\lambdaλ. The bound on UbUλhU_bU_\lambda hUb​Uλ​h (Lemma 5.5) grows linearly in ∣w−λ∣|w-\lambda|∣w−λ∣. Applying the uniform bounds of §3 throughout loses a factor λ1/2\lambda^{1/2}λ1/2 and produces an error of order λ−1/2∑pi3\lambda^{-1/2}\sum p_i^3λ−1/2∑pi3​ instead of λ−1∑pi3\lambda^{-1}\sum p_i^3λ−1∑pi3​. The linear growth has to be paired with the variance of W(i,j)W^{(i,j)}W(i,j). The averaging over pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) in the final step uses the condition pˉ≤λ/2\bar p\le\lambda/2pˉ​≤λ/2, which keeps every λ(i)\lambda^{(i)}λ(i) comparable to λ\lambdaλ.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • The trials are a sequence X : ℕ → Ω → ℕ. Each XiX_iXi​ is measurable with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} almost surely. Xi≡0X_i\equiv0Xi​≡0 for i=0i=0i=0 and i>ni>ni>n, which is the paper's own padding convention (p. 535). Independence is iIndepFun (fun i => X i) P over all of ℕ. Because the padding variables are constants, this is equivalent to independence of X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​.
  • pip_ipi​ is defined from XXX, not taken as a parameter.
  • ∥h∥\|h\|∥h∥ is replaced by an arbitrary bound MMM with ∣h(k)∣≤M|h(k)|\le M∣h(k)∣≤M for all kkk. The norm of SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h is taken over its domain w≥1w\ge1w≥1.
  • pˉ≤λ/2\bar p\le\lambda/2pˉ​≤λ/2 is written as pi≤λ/2p_i\le\lambda/2pi​≤λ/2 for every i∈{1,…,n}i\in\{1,\dots,n\}i∈{1,…,n}.
  • The goal assumes neither λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 nor integrability. Every function involved is bounded, so every expectation and Poisson sum is genuine. At λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 both sides of (5.7) vanish.

Hypotheses added relative to the page, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 in the §3 and §5 lemmas, in (5.8) and in (5.9). These divide by λ\lambdaλ, by bbb or by λ(i)\lambda^{(i)}λ(i).
  • b>0b>0b>0 in Lemmas 5.3–5.5, which is the standing range of §5.
  • Boundedness of fff in Lemma 5.2. The lemma is only applied to bounded functions.

The random indices I,JI,JI,J that the paper introduces to shorten notation in (5.8)–(5.9) are not formalized. The same quantities are written as finite sums over indices.

Ruled out: the second-order term must be the operator Uλh=ΔSλh(⋅+1)U_\lambda h=\Delta S_\lambda h(\cdot+1)Uλ​h=ΔSλ​h(⋅+1) built from the Stein solution exactly as on p. 543. A free function, or UλhU_\lambda hUλ​h evaluated at the junk value Sλh(0)S_\lambda h(0)Sλ​h(0), would empty the theorem.

Welcome contributions include:

  • the Stein-solution bounds of §3, which are reusable well beyond this paper;
  • Poisson-sum manipulations (Lemmas 5.1–5.2);
  • the independence bookkeeping that turns (2.6) into (5.8).

Selected references

  • L. H. Y. Chen, Poisson approximation for dependent trials, Ann. Probab. 3(3):534–545, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996359
  • L. Le Cam, An approximation theorem for the Poisson binomial distribution, Pacific J. Math. 10:1181–1197, 1960. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1960.10.1181
  • J. L. Hodges and L. Le Cam, The Poisson approximation to the Poisson binomial distribution, Ann. Math. Statist. 31:737–740, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177705799
  • J. Kerstan, Verallgemeinerung eines Satzes von Prochorow und Le Cam, Z. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie verw. Gebiete 2:173–179, 1964. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00533419
  • C. Stein, A bound for the error in the normal approximation to the distribution of a sum of dependent random variables, Proc. Sixth Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Prob. 2, 1972. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200514239
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: mikedeng1

Poisson Approximation for Dependent Trials 1: For φ-Mixing Bernoulli Trials, |Eh(W) − 𝒫_λh| ≤ 6 min(λ^{−1/2}, 1)[Var W − λ + 2(2m+1)Σp_i² + 4(λ+1)nφ(m+1)]Research Paper

Motivation

A sum of many rare events is approximately Poisson. For independent Bernoulli trials this is the classical law of small numbers, and its quantitative form goes back to Prohorov (1953) and Le Cam (1960): if X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ are independent with P(Xi=1)=piP(X_i=1)=p_iP(Xi​=1)=pi​, then the law of W=∑iXiW=\sum_i X_iW=∑i​Xi​ is close to the Poisson law with mean λ=∑ipi\lambda=\sum_i p_iλ=∑i​pi​, with an error controlled by ∑ipi2\sum_i p_i^2∑i​pi2​. Many applications need the same conclusion for dependent trials: runs and clusters in sequences, exceedances of a stationary time series, matches in DNA sequences, extremes of mixing processes.

Louis H. Y. Chen's 1975 paper adapted Charles Stein's method for normal approximation (1970, published 1972) to the Poisson case and obtained explicit error bounds for sums of dependent Bernoulli trials under mixing and mmm-dependence. The technique, now called the Stein–Chen method, became the standard tool for Poisson approximation, through Arratia, Goldstein and Gordon (1989) and Barbour, Holst and Janson, Poisson Approximation (1992).

Timeline:

  • 1953–1960. Prohorov and Le Cam bound the error of the Poisson approximation for independent trials.
  • 1964. Kerstan extends Le Cam's bounds to independent nonnegative integer-valued variables.
  • 1970. Stein introduces his method for normal approximation of dependent sums (Berkeley Symposium, proceedings 1972).
  • 1975. Chen proves Poisson approximation bounds for φ\varphiφ-mixing and mmm-dependent trials (this mission).
  • 1989–1992. Arratia–Goldstein–Gordon and Barbour–Holst–Janson give local-dependence and total-variation versions.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ Bernoulli random variables, possibly dependent, with success probabilities pi=P(Xi=1)p_i=P(X_i=1)pi​=P(Xi​=1). Put

W=∑i=1nXi,λ=∑i=1npi.W=\sum_{i=1}^n X_i,\qquad \lambda=\sum_{i=1}^n p_i .W=i=1∑n​Xi​,λ=i=1∑n​pi​.

For a real function hhh on the nonnegative integers, the Poisson expectation of hhh is

Pλh=e−λ∑k=0∞h(k)λkk!,\mathcal P_\lambda h=e^{-\lambda}\sum_{k=0}^\infty h(k)\frac{\lambda^k}{k!},Pλ​h=e−λk=0∑∞​h(k)k!λk​,

the mean of hhh under the Poisson distribution with parameter λ\lambdaλ. The quantity to be bounded is ∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣ for all hhh with ∣h∣≤1|h|\le1∣h∣≤1; its supremum over such hhh is twice the total variation distance between the law of WWW and the Poisson law.

Dependence is measured by Ibragimov's mixing condition. Write Ma,b\mathcal M_{a,b}Ma,b​ for the σ\sigmaσ-algebra generated by Xa,…,XbX_a,\dots,X_bXa​,…,Xb​ and Ma,∞\mathcal M_{a,\infty}Ma,∞​ for that generated by Xa,Xa+1,…X_a,X_{a+1},\dotsXa​,Xa+1​,…. The sequence satisfies (4.1) with a nonincreasing sequence φ(k)↓0\varphi(k)\downarrow0φ(k)↓0 if, for all j,k≥1j,k\ge1j,k≥1 and every event B∈Mj+k,∞B\in\mathcal M_{j+k,\infty}B∈Mj+k,∞​,

∣P(B∣M1j)−P(B)∣≤φ(k)almost surely.\bigl|P(B\mid\mathcal M_{1j})-P(B)\bigr|\le\varphi(k)\quad\text{almost surely}.​P(B∣M1j​)−P(B)​≤φ(k)almost surely.

Thus φ(k)\varphi(k)φ(k) bounds how much knowledge of the first jjj trials can change the probability of an event determined by trials at distance at least kkk. A sequence is mmm-dependent if (X1,…,Xr)(X_1,\dots,X_r)(X1​,…,Xr​) and (Xr+k,Xr+k+1,… )(X_{r+k},X_{r+k+1},\dots)(Xr+k​,Xr+k+1​,…) are independent whenever k>mk>mk>m; then (4.1) holds with φ(k)=0\varphi(k)=0φ(k)=0 for k>mk>mk>m, and independent trials are the case m=0m=0m=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 541)

For every m=0,1,2,…m=0,1,2,\dotsm=0,1,2,… and every hhh with ∣h∣≤1|h|\le1∣h∣≤1,

∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤6min⁡(λ−1/2,1)[Var⁡(W)−λ+2(2m+1)∑i=1npi2+4(λ+1) n φ(m+1)].\bigl|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h\bigr|\le6\min(\lambda^{-1/2},1)\Bigl[\operatorname{Var}(W)-\lambda+2(2m+1)\sum_{i=1}^np_i^2+4(\lambda+1)\,n\,\varphi(m+1)\Bigr].​Eh(W)−Pλ​h​≤6min(λ−1/2,1)[Var(W)−λ+2(2m+1)i=1∑n​pi2​+4(λ+1)nφ(m+1)].

The parameter mmm is free: it trades the local term 2(2m+1)∑pi22(2m+1)\sum p_i^22(2m+1)∑pi2​ against the mixing term nφ(m+1)n\varphi(m+1)nφ(m+1).

Consequences

  • Theorem 4.3, (4.20). For mmm-dependent trials the mixing term vanishes:
∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤6min⁡(λ−1/2,1)[∑∑i≠jCov⁡(Xi,Xj)+(4m+1)∑i=1npi2].\bigl|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h\bigr|\le6\min(\lambda^{-1/2},1)\Bigl[\sum\sum_{i\ne j}\operatorname{Cov}(X_i,X_j)+(4m+1)\sum_{i=1}^np_i^2\Bigr].​Eh(W)−Pλ​h​≤6min(λ−1/2,1)[∑i=j∑​Cov(Xi​,Xj​)+(4m+1)i=1∑n​pi2​].
  • Corollary 4.1 (Le Cam), (4.22). For independent trials, ∣Eh(W)−Pλh∣≤6min⁡(λ−1/2,1)∑ipi2|Eh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda h|\le6\min(\lambda^{-1/2},1)\sum_ip_i^2∣Eh(W)−Pλ​h∣≤6min(λ−1/2,1)∑i​pi2​.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  1. the basic identity (2.2) for E[Wf(W)−λf(W+1)]E[Wf(W)-\lambda f(W+1)]E[Wf(W)−λf(W+1)], valid for any dependence;
  2. the solution SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h of the Stein equation (2.3)–(2.5), and the resulting representation (2.6) of Eh(W)−PλhEh(W)-\mathcal P_\lambda hEh(W)−Pλ​h;
  3. the bounds on SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h and ΔSλh\Delta S_\lambda hΔSλ​h (Lemmas 3.1–3.4);
  4. the covariance inequalities under mixing (Lemmas 4.1–4.3, 4.6);
  5. the variance identity (4.7), the bound (4.8), the inequality (4.10) and Lemma 4.5.

Significance

The theorem bounds the distance to the Poisson law by quantities a user can compute or estimate: the variance of WWW, the pip_ipi​, and the mixing rate. When the trials are weakly dependent and individually rare, Var⁡(W)≈λ\operatorname{Var}(W)\approx\lambdaVar(W)≈λ, ∑pi2\sum p_i^2∑pi2​ is small, and the bound is small. It recovers Le Cam's independent-case bound up to the constant and extends it to mmm-dependent and φ\varphiφ-mixing sequences. The expansion (2.6) and the bounds on the Stein solution in §3 are reused throughout the later literature on the Stein–Chen method.

The results of this paper are proved on paper; none of them is formalized in a proof assistant. Mathlib has the Poisson distribution, conditional expectation, independence and regular conditional distributions, but no Stein–Chen identity, no bounds on the Stein solution, and no covariance inequality for φ\varphiφ-mixing sequences. This mission produces all three, and the companion missions of this series (Theorem 4.2, an order-λ−1\lambda^{-1}λ−1 bound, and Theorem 5.1, a second-order refinement for independent trials) rely on the same objects.

Difficulty

The identities (2.2), (2.6) and (4.7) are finite manipulations, and the bounds of §3 on SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h are elementary real analysis. The main difficulty is the transfer of the mixing condition from events to functions. Condition (4.1) bounds conditional probabilities of single events almost surely, with a null set that depends on the event. Lemma 4.2 needs a bound on EYf(Y,Z)−EYf(Y,Z′)E^Yf(Y,Z)-E^Yf(Y,Z')EYf(Y,Z)−EYf(Y,Z′) for an arbitrary bounded function of a past vector YYY and a future vector ZZZ; this requires a regular conditional distribution of ZZZ given YYY and one null set that works for all events at once (Lemma 4.1). That step uses that Rs\mathbb R^sRs is a standard Borel space, and it fails for an argument that handles one event at a time. Lemma 4.3 then needs care with the independent copy Z′Z'Z′ and with the three-block decomposition.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in PoissonDepTrials.MixSqrt.Setting. The conventions are:

  • The trials are a sequence X:N→Ω→NX:\mathbb N\to\Omega\to\mathbb NX:N→Ω→N, measurable, with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1} almost surely, and identically zero at index 000 and at indices above nnn. The zero padding is the paper's own convention (p. 535), and it changes no σ\sigmaσ-algebra.
  • pip_ipi​ is defined as P(Xi=1)P(X_i=1)P(Xi​=1), not taken as a parameter.
  • ∥h∥\|h\|∥h∥ is replaced by an arbitrary bound MMM with ∣h∣≤M|h|\le M∣h∣≤M. ∥Sλh∥\|S_\lambda h\|∥Sλ​h∥ is taken over w≥1w\ge1w≥1, the domain of SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h.
  • P(B∣M1j)P(B\mid\mathcal M_{1j})P(B∣M1j​) is the conditional expectation of the indicator of BBB. Measurability of every XiX_iXi​ is assumed wherever (4.1) is used.
  • mmm-dependence is stated for the tail σ\sigmaσ-algebra Mr+k,∞\mathcal M_{r+k,\infty}Mr+k,∞​, which is equivalent to the paper's finite blocks.
  • EYf(Y,Z′)E^Yf(Y,Z')EYf(Y,Z′), for Z′Z'Z′ an independent copy of ZZZ, is written as ∫f(Y,z) dPZ(z)\int f(Y,z)\,dP_Z(z)∫f(Y,z)dPZ​(z), without enlarging Ω\OmegaΩ.
  • In Lemma 4.1, "Borel space" is StandardBorelSpace.

Added hypotheses: λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 in the identity (2.6) and in Lemmas 3.3, 3.4 and (2.5), because SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h divides by λw\lambda^wλw; m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and a≥1a\ge1a≥1 in Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3, because (4.1) concerns lags ≥1\ge1≥1 of a sequence starting at X1X_1X1​. The goal has no hypothesis λ>0\lambda>0λ>0: at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 every trial vanishes almost surely and both sides are zero.

The goal does not mention SλhS_\lambda hSλ​h, V(i)V^{(i)}V(i) or YijY_{ij}Yij​; it is stated only in terms of WWW, λ\lambdaλ, the pip_ipi​, Var⁡(W)\operatorname{Var}(W)Var(W), φ\varphiφ, mmm and hhh. The mixing condition is required to hold with a nonincreasing φ\varphiφ tending to 000, so it cannot be satisfied vacuously.

Reusable infrastructure includes the Stein–Chen identity (2.2), the bounds on the Stein solution (Lemmas 3.3, 3.4), and the covariance inequalities for φ\varphiφ-mixing sequences (Lemmas 4.2, 4.3), which apply beyond Poisson approximation. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the companion results from the goal.

Selected references

  • L. H. Y. Chen, Poisson approximation for dependent trials, Ann. Probab. 3(3):534–545, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996359
  • C. Stein, A bound for the error in the normal approximation to the distribution of a sum of dependent random variables, Proc. Sixth Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Probab. 2:583–602, 1972. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200514239
  • L. Le Cam, An approximation theorem for the Poisson binomial distribution, Pacific J. Math. 10(4):1181–1197, 1960. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1960.10.1181
  • I. A. Ibragimov, Some limit theorems for stationary processes, Theory Probab. Appl. 7(4):349–382, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1137/1107036
  • R. Arratia, L. Goldstein, L. Gordon, Two moments suffice for Poisson approximations: the Chen–Stein method, Ann. Probab. 17(1):9–25, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176991491
  • A. D. Barbour, L. Holst, S. Janson, Poisson Approximation, Oxford University Press, 1992. https://global.oup.com/academic/product/poisson-approximation-9780198522355
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results 6: The Expected Maximum Discrepancy Lies Between R_n(F)/2 − 2√(2/n) and R_n(F) + 4√(2/n)Research Paper

Motivation

Data-dependent risk bounds in statistical learning theory control the gap between the expected loss of a learned function and its empirical loss by a complexity penalty that is computed from the training data. The first such penalties were the maximum discrepancy of a function class (Bartlett, Boucheron and Lugosi, Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48, 2002) and its Rademacher complexity (Koltchinskii, Rademacher penalties and structural risk minimization, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 47, 2001; Koltchinskii and Panchenko 2000). The maximum discrepancy compares the behaviour of the class on two fixed halves of the sample; the Rademacher complexity compares it on two random halves. Bartlett and Mendelson (JMLR 3, 2002), Lemma 3, show that these two quantities are equivalent up to a factor 2 and an additive O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​). This mission formalizes that lemma from the published JMLR article (pp. 463–482); the proof is its Appendix A.

Setting

Let μ\muμ be a probability measure on a measurable space X\mathcal XX and let X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent samples from μ\muμ. Let FFF be a class of measurable functions f:X→[−1,1]f:\mathcal X\to[-1,1]f:X→[−1,1]. Let σ1,…,σn\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_nσ1​,…,σn​ be independent uniform {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}-valued random variables, independent of the sample.

The Rademacher complexity of FFF is

Rn(F)=Esup⁡f∈F∣2n∑i=1nσif(Xi)∣.R_n(F) = \mathbf E\sup_{f\in F}\left|\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^n\sigma_i f(X_i)\right|.Rn​(F)=Ef∈Fsup​​n2​i=1∑n​σi​f(Xi​)​.

For even nnn, the maximum discrepancy of FFF is the random variable

D^n(F)=sup⁡f∈F(2n∑i=1n/2f(Xi)−2n∑i=n/2+1nf(Xi)),\hat D_n(F) = \sup_{f\in F}\left(\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^{n/2}f(X_i) - \frac2n\sum_{i=n/2+1}^n f(X_i)\right),D^n​(F)=f∈Fsup​​n2​i=1∑n/2​f(Xi​)−n2​i=n/2+1∑n​f(Xi​)​,

with no absolute value, and the expected maximum discrepancy is Dn(F)=ED^n(F)D_n(F)=\mathbf E\hat D_n(F)Dn​(F)=ED^n​(F). The class is closed under negation if f∈Ff\in Ff∈F implies −f∈F-f\in F−f∈F, and −F={−f:f∈F}-F=\{-f:f\in F\}−F={−f:f∈F}.

The proof works with the conditional supremum function

s(N)=2n E[sup⁡f∈F∑i=1nσif(Xi)  |  ∑i=1nσi=N],s(N) = \frac2n\,\mathbf E\left[\sup_{f\in F}\sum_{i=1}^n\sigma_i f(X_i)\;\middle|\;\sum_{i=1}^n\sigma_i=N\right],s(N)=n2​E[f∈Fsup​i=1∑n​σi​f(Xi​)​i=1∑n​σi​=N],

defined for the values NNN that ∑iσi\sum_i\sigma_i∑i​σi​ can take.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3, first and second displays

For every even n≥2n\ge2n≥2,

Rn(F)2−22n≤Dn(F)≤Rn(F)+42n,\frac{R_n(F)}{2} - 2\sqrt{\frac2n} \le D_n(F) \le R_n(F) + 4\sqrt{\frac2n},2Rn​(F)​−2n2​​≤Dn​(F)≤Rn​(F)+4n2​​,

and if FFF is closed under negation,

Rn(F)−42n≤Dn(F).R_n(F) - 4\sqrt{\frac2n} \le D_n(F).Rn​(F)−4n2​​≤Dn​(F).

Milestones (Appendix A, pp. 479–480)

  1. Rn(F)≥E s(∑iσi)R_n(F)\ge\mathbf E\,s(\sum_i\sigma_i)Rn​(F)≥Es(∑i​σi​), with equality when FFF is closed under negation.
  2. Dn(F)=s(0)D_n(F) = s(0)Dn​(F)=s(0).
  3. ∣s(N1)−s(N2)∣≤4∣N2−N1∣/n|s(N_1)-s(N_2)|\le 4|N_2-N_1|/n∣s(N1​)−s(N2​)∣≤4∣N2​−N1​∣/n.
  4. ∣Es(N)−s(EN)∣≤E∣s(N)−s(EN)∣≤42/n|\mathbf E s(N)-s(\mathbf EN)|\le\mathbf E|s(N)-s(\mathbf EN)|\le4\sqrt{2/n}∣Es(N)−s(EN)∣≤E∣s(N)−s(EN)∣≤42/n​ for N=∑iσiN=\sum_i\sigma_iN=∑i​σi​.
  5. Rn(F)=Rn(F∪−F)≤Dn(F∪−F)+42/nR_n(F)=R_n(F\cup-F)\le D_n(F\cup-F)+4\sqrt{2/n}Rn​(F)=Rn​(F∪−F)≤Dn​(F∪−F)+42/n​.
  6. Dn(F∪−F)≤2Dn(F)+Dn({f0,−f0})D_n(F\cup-F)\le 2D_n(F)+D_n(\{f_0,-f_0\})Dn​(F∪−F)≤2Dn​(F)+Dn​({f0​,−f0​}) for any f0∈Ff_0\in Ff0​∈F (a corrected form of the printed step, see below).

Significance

Lemma 3 makes the maximum discrepancy and the Rademacher complexity interchangeable in risk bounds: a bound in terms of one gives a bound in terms of the other with an explicit additive loss. The maximum discrepancy can be computed by a single empirical risk minimization on a relabelled sample, while the Rademacher complexity has the structural properties (monotonicity, convex-hull invariance, contraction) that make it easy to bound for concrete classes; the lemma transfers the second kind of estimate to the first quantity.

The lemma is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of the comparison between fixed and random half-sample splits, is known to exist. Formalizing it requires the exchangeability argument for i.i.d. samples, the conditioning of a uniform sign vector on its sum, and a moment bound for the Rademacher sum ∑iσi\sum_i\sigma_i∑i​σi​, all with explicit constants.

Difficulty

The heart of the proof is that, conditioned on the number of positive signs, a uniform sign vector splits the i.i.d. sample into two random subsets of fixed sizes, and every split of the same sizes has the same law as the fixed split. Making this precise requires a permutation-invariance argument for product measures applied to a supremum over an arbitrary class, where measurability is not automatic. The step from classes closed under negation to general classes is where the printed argument is loose: since D^n\hat D_nD^n​ has no absolute value, D^n(F∪−F)\hat D_n(F\cup-F)D^n​(F∪−F) is a maximum of two suprema that may be negative, and the naive bound Dn(F∪−F)≤2Dn(F)D_n(F\cup-F)\le2D_n(F)Dn​(F∪−F)≤2Dn​(F) fails.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace RadGauss.Discrepancy. Sign vectors are Fin n → Bool (true ↦ 1, false ↦ -1) and expectations over signs are finite averages over all 2n2^n2n sign vectors; s(N)s(N)s(N) is the average over the sign vectors with sum NNN. RnR_nRn​ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (a lower Lebesgue integral of an [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued supremum), while D^n\hat D_nD^n​, DnD_nDn​ and sss are real, because the maximum discrepancy is signed. Inequalities of the form a−c≤Da-c\le Da−c≤D are written a≤D+ca\le D+ca≤D+c with real terms embedded by ENNReal.ofReal; this is equivalent to the printed form since Dn(F)≥0D_n(F)\ge0Dn​(F)≥0 for nonempty FFF.

Hypotheses added to the page, all disclosed in each item:

  • the sample size is even, n=2mn=2mn=2m with m≥1m\ge1m≥1, since D^n\hat D_nD^n​ needs half sums;
  • FFF is nonempty (the supremum over the empty class is −∞-\infty−∞ in the paper and 000 in Lean);
  • every f∈Ff\in Ff∈F is measurable, and for every sign vector σ\sigmaσ the map x↦sup⁡f∈F∑iσif(xi)x\mapsto\sup_{f\in F}\sum_i\sigma_if(x_i)x↦supf∈F​∑i​σi​f(xi​) is measurable. This is the measurability guard: without it the Bochner integrals defining DnD_nDn​ and sss would silently be 000.

Corrections of printed statements:

  • The Lipschitz bound on sss is printed for 0≤n2<n1≤n0\le n_2<n_1\le n0≤n2​<n1​≤n but used for negative values of ∑iσi\sum_i\sigma_i∑i​σi​; it is stated for every pair of attainable values.
  • The printed step Dn(F∪−F)≤2Dn(F)D_n(F\cup-F)\le2D_n(F)Dn​(F∪−F)≤2Dn​(F) is false for the signed D^n\hat D_nD^n​ of p. 464 (F={f}F=\{f\}F={f}, f(X)f(X)f(X) uniform on {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}, n=2n=2n=2 gives 1≤01\le01≤0); the milestone states it with the additional term Dn({f0,−f0})≤2/nD_n(\{f_0,-f_0\})\le2/\sqrt nDn​({f0​,−f0​})≤2/n​. The goal itself remains true.
  • The third display of Lemma 3, P{∣D^n(F)−Dn(F)∣≥ϵ}≤2exp⁡(−ϵ2n/2)P\{|\hat D_n(F)-D_n(F)|\ge\epsilon\}\le2\exp(-\epsilon^2n/2)P{∣D^n​(F)−Dn​(F)∣≥ϵ}≤2exp(−ϵ2n/2), is false as printed (F={f}F=\{f\}F={f} as above, n=2n=2n=2, ϵ=2\epsilon=2ϵ=2: the probability is 1/2>2e−41/2>2e^{-4}1/2>2e−4) and is not part of the mission.

A formalization in which DnD_nDn​ or sss is a junk value (non-integrable or non-measurable suprema, an empty class, an odd sample size with truncated n/2n/2n/2) would make the goal trivial or meaningless; the hypotheses above rule that out, and the class F={0}F=\{0\}F={0} satisfies all of them.

Welcome contributions include general lemmas on the invariance of Esup⁡f∈FΦf(Xπ(1),…,Xπ(n))\mathbf E\sup_{f\in F}\Phi_f(X_{\pi(1)},\dots,X_{\pi(n)})Esupf∈F​Φf​(Xπ(1)​,…,Xπ(n)​) under permutations π\piπ of an i.i.d. sample, conditioning of uniform sign vectors on their sum, and the bound E∣∑iσi∣≤n\mathbf E|\sum_i\sigma_i|\le\sqrt nE∣∑i​σi​∣≤n​. These are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3 (2002) 463–482. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/bartlett02a.html
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48 (2002) 85–113. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013999503812
  • V. Koltchinskii, Rademacher penalties and structural risk minimization, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 47 (2001) 1902–1914. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.930926
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, G. Lugosi, A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0711-5
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results 5: Kernel Expansions with α′Kα ≤ B² Have Rademacher and Gaussian Complexity at Most 2B√(E k(X,X)/n)Research Paper

Motivation

Kernel methods, such as support vector machines, predict with functions of the form x↦∑iαik(x,xi)x \mapsto \sum_i \alpha_i k(x, x_i)x↦∑i​αi​k(x,xi​): finite expansions of a fixed similarity function kkk centred at data points. Their statistical behaviour is governed by the size of the class of such expansions that the method searches. Bartlett and Mendelson, in Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results (JMLR 3, 2002), develop risk bounds in terms of the Rademacher and Gaussian complexities of a class, and in §4.3 (pp. 476–478) compute these complexities for the class of kernel expansions whose coefficient vector has quadratic form α′Kα≤B2\alpha' K \alpha \le B^2α′Kα≤B2. The resulting bound depends on the kernel only through its diagonal k(x,x)k(x,x)k(x,x), which is what makes margin bounds for support vector machines dimension-free. This mission formalizes that computation. The source is the published JMLR article (pages cited by the journal's printed numbers).

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a compact topological space. A kernel is a continuous function k:X×X→Rk : \mathcal X \times \mathcal X \to \mathbb Rk:X×X→R such that for every mmm and all x1,…,xm∈Xx_1, \dots, x_m \in \mathcal Xx1​,…,xm​∈X the Gram matrix Kij=k(xi,xj)K_{ij} = k(x_i, x_j)Kij​=k(xi​,xj​) is symmetric and positive semidefinite. For B≥0B \ge 0B≥0 the class of kernel expansions is

F={x↦∑i=1mαik(x,xi):m∈N, xi∈X, αi∈R, ∑i,jαiαjk(xi,xj)≤B2},F = \Big\{x \mapsto \sum_{i=1}^m \alpha_i k(x, x_i) : m \in \mathbb N,\ x_i \in \mathcal X,\ \alpha_i \in \mathbb R,\ \sum_{i,j}\alpha_i\alpha_j k(x_i, x_j) \le B^2\Big\},F={x↦i=1∑m​αi​k(x,xi​):m∈N, xi​∈X, αi​∈R, i,j∑​αi​αj​k(xi​,xj​)≤B2},

with centres anywhere in X\mathcal XX (Lean: kernelClass k B).

For a class FFF of real functions on X\mathcal XX and a sample x1,…,xnx_1, \dots, x_nx1​,…,xn​, let σ1,…,σn\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_nσ1​,…,σn​ be independent uniform signs and g1,…,gng_1, \dots, g_ng1​,…,gn​ independent standard Gaussians. The empirical Rademacher complexity and empirical Gaussian complexity (Definition 2, p. 464) are

R^n(F)=Eσsup⁡f∈F∣2n∑i=1nσif(xi)∣,G^n(F)=Egsup⁡f∈F∣2n∑i=1ngif(xi)∣.\hat R_n(F) = \mathbb E_\sigma \sup_{f\in F}\Big|\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^n \sigma_i f(x_i)\Big|, \qquad \hat G_n(F) = \mathbb E_g \sup_{f\in F}\Big|\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^n g_i f(x_i)\Big|.R^n​(F)=Eσ​f∈Fsup​​n2​i=1∑n​σi​f(xi​)​,G^n​(F)=Eg​f∈Fsup​​n2​i=1∑n​gi​f(xi​)​.

For a probability measure μ\muμ on X\mathcal XX and an i.i.d. sample X1,…,Xn∼μX_1, \dots, X_n \sim \muX1​,…,Xn​∼μ, the Rademacher complexity is Rn(F)=ER^n(F)R_n(F) = \mathbb E \hat R_n(F)Rn​(F)=ER^n​(F) and the Gaussian complexity is Gn(F)=EG^n(F)G_n(F) = \mathbb E \hat G_n(F)Gn​(F)=EG^n​(F) (Lean: empiricalRademacher, empiricalGaussian, rademacherComplexity, gaussianComplexity).

A feature map of kkk is a map Φ:X→H\Phi : \mathcal X \to \mathcal HΦ:X→H into a real Hilbert space with k(x1,x2)=⟨Φ(x1),Φ(x2)⟩k(x_1, x_2) = \langle \Phi(x_1), \Phi(x_2) \ranglek(x1​,x2​)=⟨Φ(x1​),Φ(x2​)⟩.

Formalization targets

Goal: the expected complexity bound (§4.3, p. 478, display after the proof of Lemma 22)

With X∼μX \sim \muX∼μ,

Rn(F)≤2BE k(X,X)n,Gn(F)≤2BE k(X,X)n.R_n(F) \le 2B\sqrt{\frac{\mathbb E\, k(X,X)}{n}}, \qquad G_n(F) \le 2B\sqrt{\frac{\mathbb E\, k(X,X)}{n}}.Rn​(F)≤2BnEk(X,X)​​,Gn​(F)≤2BnEk(X,X)​​.

Milestone 1: feature-map inclusion (p. 477)

For any feature map Φ\PhiΦ of kkk, ∥∑iαiΦ(xi)∥2=∑i,jαiαjk(xi,xj)\|\sum_i \alpha_i \Phi(x_i)\|^2 = \sum_{i,j}\alpha_i\alpha_j k(x_i,x_j)∥∑i​αi​Φ(xi​)∥2=∑i,j​αi​αj​k(xi​,xj​), and hence F⊆{x↦⟨w,Φ(x)⟩:∥w∥≤B}F \subseteq \{x \mapsto \langle w, \Phi(x)\rangle : \|w\| \le B\}F⊆{x↦⟨w,Φ(x)⟩:∥w∥≤B}.

Milestone 2: Lemma 22 (p. 477)

For every sample X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​,

G^n(F)≤2Bn∑i=1nk(Xi,Xi),R^n(F)≤2Bn∑i=1nk(Xi,Xi).\hat G_n(F) \le \frac{2B}{n}\sqrt{\sum_{i=1}^n k(X_i, X_i)}, \qquad \hat R_n(F) \le \frac{2B}{n}\sqrt{\sum_{i=1}^n k(X_i, X_i)}.G^n​(F)≤n2B​i=1∑n​k(Xi​,Xi​)​,R^n​(F)≤n2B​i=1∑n​k(Xi​,Xi​)​.

Significance

The goal shows that the kernel class has complexity of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, with a constant given by BBB and the quantity E k(X,X)\mathbb E\, k(X,X)Ek(X,X), which is the trace of the integral operator Tkf=∫k(⋅,y)f(y) dμ(y)T_k f = \int k(\cdot, y) f(y)\, d\mu(y)Tk​f=∫k(⋅,y)f(y)dμ(y) on L2(μ)L_2(\mu)L2​(μ). No dimension of the feature space enters. Fed into the paper's margin-cost risk bound (Theorem 21, p. 476), the sample-wise Lemma 22 gives a data-dependent misclassification bound for support vector machines in terms of the trace of the Gram matrix of the training sample. Bounds of this form are the standard complexity estimate for kernel classes in learning theory textbooks.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in this mission is open mathematics. What the mission adds is a machine-checked version with the paper's normalization (factor 2/n2/n2/n, absolute value inside the supremum), covering both the Rademacher and the Gaussian complexity, for expansions with centres anywhere in X\mathcal XX. Related statements on the platform (Mohri et al.'s Theorem 5.10 and Proposition 9.3) use the 1/n1/n1/n normalization without absolute value, assume a uniform bound sup⁡xk(x,x)≤r2\sup_x k(x,x) \le r^2supx​k(x,x)≤r2, and treat only the Rademacher case, so they do not imply the targets here.

Difficulty

The class FFF is defined through the kernel, not through a feature map, and its expansions have arbitrarily many centres anywhere in X\mathcal XX. The supremum over FFF is therefore a supremum over an infinite-dimensional family, and must be controlled without assuming a separate numerical upper bound on k(x,x)k(x,x)k(x,x) or that the feature space is finite dimensional. For the Gaussian complexity the supremum sits inside an expectation over a continuous random vector, and the passage from the sample-wise bound to the expected bound must move an expectation inside a square root in the right direction. A bound with sup⁡xk(x,x)\sup_x k(x,x)supx​k(x,x) in place of E k(X,X)\mathbb E\, k(X,X)Ek(X,X) is weaker and is not the target.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Complexities take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞); expectations over the Gaussian vector and over the sample are lower Lebesgue integrals against product measures, and the Rademacher expectation is the exact average over the 2n2^n2n sign vectors σ:Fin n→Z×\sigma : \mathrm{Fin}\,n \to \mathbb Z^\timesσ:Finn→Z×. An unbounded class has complexity +∞+\infty+∞, so a junk value of 000 for a real supremum or a non-integrable expectation cannot make the bounds trivial.
  • A kernel (IsKernel k) carries compactness of X\mathcal XX, joint continuity, and positive semidefiniteness (with symmetry) of every Gram matrix, as in the paper's definition. The goal puts the Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra on X\mathcal XX and assumes μ\muμ is a probability measure; E k(X,X)\mathbb E\, k(X,X)Ek(X,X) is the Bochner integral of the continuous function x↦k(x,x)x \mapsto k(x,x)x↦k(x,x).
  • B≥0B \ge 0B≥0 is assumed in every statement (the paper fixes B>0B > 0B>0). For B<0B < 0B<0 the right-hand sides are negative while the left-hand sides are not, and the inclusion of milestone 1 fails.
  • No n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 hypothesis: at n=0n = 0n=0 both sides of every bound are 000 in Lean.
  • The feature map in milestone 1 is a hypothesis (any real Hilbert space and any Φ\PhiΦ with k=⟨Φ(⋅),Φ(⋅)⟩k = \langle \Phi(\cdot), \Phi(\cdot)\ranglek=⟨Φ(⋅),Φ(⋅)⟩); its existence is the RKHS theorem, referenced as the supporting platform item FoundationsML.Kernels.RKHS_exists.
  • No measurability or integrability hypotheses on R^n(F)\hat R_n(F)R^n​(F) or G^n(F)\hat G_n(F)G^n​(F) are assumed, and none is needed.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal is stated for the kernel class FFF itself, not for the larger ball of linear functionals of a feature map, and not for the subclass with centres at the sample points.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: Gaussian integration over Rn\mathbb R^nRn (second moments of a standard Gaussian vector), Jensen's inequality for the square root under a lower Lebesgue integral, and Cauchy–Schwarz for positive semidefinite bilinear forms (or the RKHS feature map). The Definition 2 complexities are shared with the paper's other missions and reusable. Contributions of any of these milestones, and of proofs of the goal that avoid the feature map, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett and S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3 (2002), 463–482. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/bartlett02a.html
  • N. Cristianini and J. Shawe-Taylor, An Introduction to Support Vector Machines, Cambridge University Press, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511801389
  • N. Aronszajn, Theory of Reproducing Kernels, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 68 (1950), 337–404. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1950-0051437-7
  • M. Mohri, A. Rostamizadeh and A. Talwalkar, Foundations of Machine Learning, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018. https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262039406/
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms I: The Nonparametric Learn-then-Price Policy Has Regret at Most C(log n)^{1/2}/n^{1/4}Research Paper

Why price without knowing demand

A seller with a fixed stock of a single product and a finite selling season has to set prices without knowing how demand responds to them. This is the standard situation in revenue management: airline seats, hotel rooms, fashion goods and event tickets. The classical theory of dynamic pricing (Gallego and van Ryzin, 1994) assumes that the demand function λ(p)\lambda(p)λ(p), the rate of purchase requests at price ppp, is known. In practice it has to be learned from sales, while the season runs and the stock is consumed.

Besbes and Zeevi (2009) asked how much revenue is lost for not knowing λ\lambdaλ. They answered it with explicit policies and matching-order bounds. Their setting differs from the multi-armed bandit literature it borrows from in three ways:

  • the problem is constrained by an initial inventory;
  • the set of prices is a continuum;
  • the set of possible demand functions is a nonparametric class.

This mission formalizes their first main result, Proposition 1: a simple learn-then-price policy has worst-case relative regret of order (log⁡n)1/2n−1/4(\log n)^{1/2}n^{-1/4}(logn)1/2n−1/4 in a market of size nnn.

Setting

Prices. Fix 0<p‾<p‾<∞0<\underline p<\overline p<\infty0<p​<p​<∞ and an off price p∞>0p_\infty>0p∞​>0 outside [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​]. The seller may charge any price in [p‾,p‾]∪{p∞}[\underline p,\overline p]\cup\{p_\infty\}[p​,p​]∪{p∞​}; charging p∞p_\inftyp∞​ stops demand.

Demand. Requests arrive as a Poisson process whose intensity at time ttt is λ(p(t))\lambda(p(t))λ(p(t)). Let NNN be a unit-rate Poisson process. By the time change (1), the cumulative requests up to time ttt under a price path p(⋅)p(\cdot)p(⋅) are N(∫0tλ(p(s)) ds)N\big(\int_0^t\lambda(p(s))\,ds\big)N(∫0t​λ(p(s))ds). The seller starts with inventory xxx and sells until either the horizon TTT ends or the stock runs out. The expected revenue of a policy π\piπ is Jπ(x,T;λ)J^\pi(x,T;\lambda)Jπ(x,T;λ).

Demand class. L=L(M,K‾,K‾,m)\mathcal L=\mathcal L(M,\underline K,\overline K,m)L=L(M,K​,K,m) is the set of regular demand functions satisfying Assumption 1. Regular means:

  • λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 and λ(p∞)=0\lambda(p_\infty)=0λ(p∞​)=0;
  • λ\lambdaλ is non-increasing on [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​], with inverse γ\gammaγ;
  • the revenue rate r(l)=lγ(l)r(l)=l\gamma(l)r(l)=lγ(l) is concave.

Assumption 1 requires:

  • (i) λ≤M\lambda\le Mλ≤M on [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​];
  • (ii) λ\lambdaλ is K‾\overline KK-Lipschitz and γ\gammaγ is K‾−1\underline K^{-1}K​−1-Lipschitz;
  • (iii) max⁡ppλ(p)≥m\max_p p\lambda(p)\ge mmaxp​pλ(p)≥m.

Benchmark. The deterministic relaxation (5) replaces the random demand by its mean:

JD(x,T∣λ)=sup⁡{∫0Tp(s)λ(p(s)) ds:∫0Tλ(p(s)) ds≤x}.J^D(x,T\mid\lambda)=\sup\Big\{\int_0^T p(s)\lambda(p(s))\,ds:\int_0^T\lambda(p(s))\,ds\le x\Big\}.JD(x,T∣λ)=sup{∫0T​p(s)λ(p(s))ds:∫0T​λ(p(s))ds≤x}.

The regret of a policy is Rπ=1−Jπ/JD\mathcal R^\pi=1-J^\pi/J^DRπ=1−Jπ/JD.

Scaling. In a market of size nnn the inventory is nxnxnx and the demand function is nλn\lambdanλ, as in (11). The corresponding quantities are JnπJ^\pi_nJnπ​, JnD=nJDJ^D_n=nJ^DJnD​=nJD and Rnπ\mathcal R^\pi_nRnπ​.

Algorithm 1, π(τ,κ)\pi(\tau,\kappa)π(τ,κ). The policy has three phases.

  1. Learning. On [0,τ][0,\tau][0,τ] it tests κ\kappaκ equally spaced prices pi=p‾+(i−1)(p‾−p‾)/κp_i=\underline p+(i-1)(\overline p-\underline p)/\kappapi​=p​+(i−1)(p​−p​)/κ, each for Δ=τ/κ\Delta=\tau/\kappaΔ=τ/κ time units. It estimates λ(pi)\lambda(p_i)λ(pi​) by the normalized request counts λ^(pi)\hat\lambda(p_i)λ^(pi​).
  2. Optimization. It chooses p^u=arg⁡max⁡ipiλ^(pi)\hat p^u=\arg\max_i p_i\hat\lambda(p_i)p^​u=argmaxi​pi​λ^(pi​) and p^c=arg⁡min⁡i∣λ^(pi)−x/T∣\hat p^c=\arg\min_i|\hat\lambda(p_i)-x/T|p^​c=argmini​∣λ^(pi​)−x/T∣, and sets p^=max⁡{p^u,p^c}\hat p=\max\{\hat p^u,\hat p^c\}p^​=max{p^​u,p^​c}.
  3. Pricing. It charges p^\hat pp^​ on (τ,T](\tau,T](τ,T] until the stock runs out.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

Let τn≍n−1/4\tau_n\asymp n^{-1/4}τn​≍n−1/4 and κn≍n1/4\kappa_n\asymp n^{1/4}κn​≍n1/4, and let πn=π(τn,κn)\pi_n=\pi(\tau_n,\kappa_n)πn​=π(τn​,κn​). Then there is a finite constant CCC, independent of λ\lambdaλ and nnn, such that

sup⁡λ∈LRnπ(x,T;λ)≤C(log⁡n)1/2n1/4(n≥2).\sup_{\lambda\in\mathcal L}\mathcal R^{\pi}_n(x,T;\lambda)\le\frac{C(\log n)^{1/2}}{n^{1/4}}\qquad(n\ge2).λ∈Lsup​Rnπ​(x,T;λ)≤n1/4C(logn)1/2​(n≥2).

The constant is left unspecified, as in the paper. Its dependence on the class parameters, xxx and TTT is "somewhat complex" (p. 12), and the order (log⁡n)1/2n−1/4(\log n)^{1/2}n^{-1/4}(logn)1/2n−1/4 is the content of the result.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in the appendix, in order:

  • the scaling JnD=nJDJ^D_n=nJ^DJnD​=nJD (p. 12);
  • Fact 1, JD≥mmin⁡{T,x/M}J^D\ge m\min\{T,x/M\}JD≥mmin{T,x/M} on L\mathcal LL;
  • Lemma 1, the solution of (5): charge pD=max⁡{pu,pc}p^D=\max\{p^u,p^c\}pD=max{pu,pc} until the stock runs out;
  • Lemma 2, a Poisson deviation bound;
  • the revenue lower bound (A-2);
  • Lemma 3, the learned price is near pDp^DpD with high probability;
  • Lemma 4 and the Case 1 bound (A-11), for λ(p‾)≤x/T\lambda(\overline p)\le x/Tλ(p​)≤x/T;
  • Lemma 5 and the Case 2 bound (A-15), for λ(p‾)>x/T\lambda(\overline p)>x/Tλ(p​)>x/T;
  • the Step 4 bound Rnπ≤C12(un+τn)\mathcal R^\pi_n\le C_{12}(u_n+\tau_n)Rnπ​≤C12​(un​+τn​), where un=(log⁡n)1/2max⁡{1/κn,(nΔn)−1/2}u_n=(\log n)^{1/2}\max\{1/\kappa_n,(n\Delta_n)^{-1/2}\}un​=(logn)1/2max{1/κn​,(nΔn​)−1/2}.

Significance

Proposition 1 shows that a seller who knows only a nonparametric class of demand functions can approach the full-information revenue uniformly over the class. Learning costs a vanishing fraction of revenue, and the policy needs no parametric model. Together with the paper's lower bound of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 for every admissible policy (Proposition 2, not in this mission), it brackets the minimax regret of nonparametric pricing under an inventory constraint. The result is a reference point for the learning-and-earning literature in operations management that followed it.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge, it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires:

  • a working theory of policies driven by a time-changed Poisson process, with sales capped by an inventory;
  • the deterministic relaxation of Gallego and van Ryzin for a continuum of prices with an off price;
  • uniform (over the class) Poisson concentration bounds.

The mission produces Lean statements of all of these. A proof would also check every constant chain of the appendix, where the argument uses some displays in a form slightly different from their printed statement (see the scope section).

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls the estimation error at the tested prices and concludes that p^\hat pp^​ is close to the optimal price. It breaks in two places.

First, pDp^DpD is the larger of two prices, the revenue maximizer and the price that sells the inventory exactly. Near the boundary between these regimes, the revenue rate at p^\hat pp^​ is not controlled by the error in p^\hat pp^​ alone: it needs the concavity of the revenue rate and the inverse Lipschitz bound on γ\gammaγ.

Second, when demand at the highest price exceeds the inventory rate (λ(p‾)>x/T\lambda(\overline p)>x/Tλ(p​)>x/T), the revenue is limited by stock-outs rather than by the price. The bound must then show that nearly all of the inventory is sold during the pricing phase, uniformly over the class.

Throughout, every constant must be independent of the demand function, so the estimates have to hold uniformly over an infinite-dimensional class.

Formalization scope

  • Poisson process. The demand is driven by IsPoissonProcess N 1 on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,\mathbb P)(Ω,P), a published platform definition: ℕ-valued, N(0)=0N(0)=0N(0)=0, monotone paths, independent Poisson increments. The time change (1) is rendered by evaluating NNN at cumulative intensities.
  • Inventory. The inventory of the market of size nnn is ⌊nx⌋\lfloor nx\rfloor⌊nx⌋ units, and sales are min⁡{N(⋅),⌊nx⌋}\min\{N(\cdot),\lfloor nx\rfloor\}min{N(⋅),⌊nx⌋}. The cap is never dropped.
  • Revenue. JnπJ^\pi_nJnπ​ is the Bochner expectation of a bounded, finitely-valued revenue, so it is a genuine integral.
  • Demand functions. A demand function is a map R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R, nonnegative, with λ(p∞)=0\lambda(p_\infty)=0λ(p∞​)=0. Regularity and Assumption 1 are imposed on [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​], and the inverse γ\gammaγ is Function.invFunOn.
  • Benchmark. JDJ^DJD is a supremum over measurable price paths with integrable demand rate. The supremum is genuine: the set of path revenues is nonempty and bounded.
  • Algorithm. The grid excludes p‾\overline pp​, as in the paper. Ties in the grid argmax and argmin go to the smallest index. The estimates compare λ^(pi)\hat\lambda(p_i)λ^(pi​) with x/Tx/Tx/T.
  • Tuning. τn≍n−1/4\tau_n\asymp n^{-1/4}τn​≍n−1/4 and κn≍n1/4\kappa_n\asymp n^{1/4}κn​≍n1/4 are encoded with explicit constants 0<c≤c′0<c\le c'0<c≤c′, with τn∈(0,T]\tau_n\in(0,T]τn​∈(0,T] and κn≥1\kappa_n\ge1κn​≥1. Constants may depend on c,c′c,c'c,c′, the class parameters, the prices, xxx and TTT, but never on λ\lambdaλ or nnn.
  • Range of nnn. Bounds whose right side vanishes at n=1n=1n=1 because log⁡1=0\log1=0log1=0 are stated for n≥2n\ge2n≥2: the goal and (A-15).
  • Typo correction. Lemma 5's event uses nx−C9nunnx-C_9nu_nnx−C9​nun​, as in its proof, not the printed nx−C9unnx-C_9u_nnx−C9​un​.
  • Ruled out. A specific demand curve, a fixed nnn, deterministic demand, a finite price set, a known λ\lambdaλ, constants depending on λ\lambdaλ, or dropping the inventory cap would each make the statement a different and easier theorem. None is used.
  • Not included. The lower bound of Proposition 2 and the second assertion of Lemma 1 (Jπ≤JDJ^\pi\le J^DJπ≤JD for all admissible policies) are not included.

Contributions are welcome at any level: proofs of the milestones (Fact 1, Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 are self-contained), measurability and integrability lemmas for the revenue functional, and a reusable Poisson concentration library built on Mathlib's poissonMeasure.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes and A. Zeevi, Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms, Operations Research 57(6):1407–1420, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0640
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • K. Talluri and G. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization V: The Order-Statistic Box U^M Built from Marginal Samples Dominates Value at Risk with Probability at Least 1 − αResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization replaces an uncertain constraint f(u~,x)≤0f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x)\le 0f(u~,x)≤0 by the requirement that it hold for every u\mathbf uu in an uncertainty set U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd. The resulting problems are tractable for many sets, but the choice of U\mathcal UU decides whether the solution means anything probabilistically. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (arXiv:1401.0212v2; Math. Program. 167:235–292, 2018) propose to build U\mathcal UU from data so that, with high probability over the sample, every robust-feasible decision is also feasible with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under the unknown distribution P∗\mathbb P^*P∗.

This mission covers §6 of that paper, the case where the data are samples of the marginals of P∗\mathbb P^*P∗, observed separately, with no assumption that the marginals are independent. This is the situation of asynchronous measurements or records with many missing entries: the joint law cannot be learned, yet a valid uncertainty set can still be built. The set is a box whose sides are order statistics, and its guarantee rests on an elementary binomial test (David and Nagaraja, Order Statistics, §7.1) and a Value-at-Risk bound of Embrechts, Höing and Juri (Finance Stoch. 7, 2003).

Setting

Let P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ be a probability measure on Rd\mathbb R^dRd whose support lies in a known box [u^(0),u^(N+1)]={u:u^i(0)≤ui≤u^i(N+1)}[\hat{\mathbf u}^{(0)},\hat{\mathbf u}^{(N+1)}]=\{\mathbf u:\hat u^{(0)}_i\le u_i\le\hat u^{(N+1)}_i\}[u^(0),u^(N+1)]={u:u^i(0)​≤ui​≤u^i(N+1)​}. Fix a violation level 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 and a significance level 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1.

The Value at Risk of u~Tv\tilde{\mathbf u}^T\mathbf vu~Tv under a probability measure P\mathbb PP is

VaRϵP(v)=inf⁡{t:P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ},\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)=\inf\{t:\mathbb P(\tilde{\mathbf u}^T\mathbf v\le t)\ge1-\epsilon\},VaRϵP​(v)=inf{t:P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ},

and the support function of a set U\mathcal UU is δ∗(v∣U)=sup⁡u∈UvTu\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)=\sup_{\mathbf u\in\mathcal U}\mathbf v^T\mathbf uδ∗(v∣U)=supu∈U​vTu. A set U\mathcal UU implies a probabilistic guarantee at level ϵ\epsilonϵ for P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ if for every f(u,x)f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)f(u,x) concave in u\mathbf uu and every x∗\mathbf x^*x∗, f(u,x∗)≤0f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x^*)\le0f(u,x∗)≤0 for all u∈U\mathbf u\in\mathcal Uu∈U implies P∗(f(u~,x∗)≤0)≥1−ϵ\mathbb P^*(f(\tilde{\mathbf u},\mathbf x^*)\le0)\ge1-\epsilonP∗(f(u~,x∗)≤0)≥1−ϵ.

From a sample u^1,…,u^N\hat{\mathbf u}^1,\dots,\hat{\mathbf u}^Nu^1,…,u^N let u^i(j)\hat u^{(j)}_iu^i(j)​, 1≤j≤N1\le j\le N1≤j≤N, be the jjj-th order statistic (the jjj-th smallest value) of coordinate iii, and let u^i(0),u^i(N+1)\hat u^{(0)}_i,\hat u^{(N+1)}_iu^i(0)​,u^i(N+1)​ be the box ends. The index sss is

s=min⁡{k∈N:∑j=kN(Nj)(ϵ/d)N−j(1−ϵ/d)j≤α2d},s=N+1 if the set is empty,(26)s=\min\Big\{k\in\mathbb N:\sum_{j=k}^N\binom Nj(\epsilon/d)^{N-j}(1-\epsilon/d)^j\le\frac{\alpha}{2d}\Big\},\qquad s=N+1\text{ if the set is empty}, \tag{26}s=min{k∈N:j=k∑N​(jN​)(ϵ/d)N−j(1−ϵ/d)j≤2dα​},s=N+1 if the set is empty,(26)

and the uncertainty set is the box

UϵM={u∈Rd:u^i(N−s+1)≤ui≤u^i(s), i=1,…,d}.(28)\mathcal U^M_\epsilon=\{\mathbf u\in\mathbb R^d:\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_i\le u_i\le\hat u^{(s)}_i,\ i=1,\dots,d\}. \tag{28}UϵM​={u∈Rd:u^i(N−s+1)​≤ui​≤u^i(s)​, i=1,…,d}.(28)

The confidence region PM\mathcal P^MPM is the set of probability measures on the box with VaRϵ/dP(ei)≤u^i(s)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_{\epsilon/d}(\mathbf e_i)\le\hat u^{(s)}_iVaRϵ/dP​(ei​)≤u^i(s)​ and VaRϵ/dP(−ei)≤−u^i(N−s+1)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_{\epsilon/d}(-\mathbf e_i)\le-\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_iVaRϵ/dP​(−ei​)≤−u^i(N−s+1)​ for every iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

If N−s+1<sN-s+1<sN−s+1<s, then with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α over the sample (NNN samples of each marginal of P∗\mathbb P^*P∗, each marginal's samples i.i.d., arbitrary dependence across marginals),

δ∗(v∣UϵM)≥VaRϵP∗(v)for all v∈Rd,\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^M_\epsilon)\ge\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P^*}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\qquad\text{for all }\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^d,δ∗(v∣UϵM​)≥VaRϵP∗​(v)for all v∈Rd,

and, for every sample, UϵM\mathcal U^M_\epsilonUϵM​ is nonempty, convex and compact with

δ∗(v∣UϵM)=∑i=1dmax⁡(viu^i(N−s+1), viu^i(s)).(29)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^M_\epsilon)=\sum_{i=1}^d\max\big(v_i\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_i,\,v_i\hat u^{(s)}_i\big). \tag{29}δ∗(v∣UϵM​)=i=1∑d​max(vi​u^i(N−s+1)​,vi​u^i(s)​).(29)

Milestones

  1. Positive homogeneity: VaRδP(cw)=c VaRδP(w)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\delta(c\mathbf w)=c\,\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\delta(\mathbf w)VaRδP​(cw)=cVaRδP​(w) for c>0c>0c>0 (p. 10).
  2. Each one-sided order-statistic test is valid at level α/(2d)\alpha/(2d)α/(2d): PS∗(u^i(s)<VaRϵ/dP∗(ei))≤α/(2d)\mathbb P^*_{\mathcal S}(\hat u^{(s)}_i<\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P^*}_{\epsilon/d}(\mathbf e_i))\le\alpha/(2d)PS∗​(u^i(s)​<VaRϵ/dP∗​(ei​))≤α/(2d), and the mirror bound for −ei-\mathbf e_i−ei​ with u^i(N−s+1)\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_iu^i(N−s+1)​ (pp. 20–21).
  3. Union bound: PS∗(P∗∈PM)≥1−α\mathbb P^*_{\mathcal S}(\mathbb P^*\in\mathcal P^M)\ge1-\alphaPS∗​(P∗∈PM)≥1−α (p. 21).
  4. The weak Embrechts bound VaRϵP(v)≤∑iVaRϵ/dP(viei)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\le\sum_i\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_{\epsilon/d}(v_i\mathbf e_i)VaRϵP​(v)≤∑i​VaRϵ/dP​(vi​ei​) for every probability measure P\mathbb PP (p. 21).
  5. If N−s+1<sN-s+1<sN−s+1<s then u^i(N−s+1)≤u^i(s)\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_i\le\hat u^{(s)}_iu^i(N−s+1)​≤u^i(s)​ (p. 21).
  6. (EC.8): for P∈PM\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^MP∈PM, VaRϵP(v)≤∑vi>0viu^i(s)+∑vi≤0viu^i(N−s+1)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\le\sum_{v_i>0}v_i\hat u^{(s)}_i+\sum_{v_i\le0}v_i\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_iVaRϵP​(v)≤∑vi​>0​vi​u^i(s)​+∑vi​≤0​vi​u^i(N−s+1)​ (p. ec5).
  7. (29) as a standalone statement (p. 21).

Significance

Theorem 7 gives an uncertainty set with a finite-sample guarantee from data that carry no information on the dependence between coordinates. The set is a box, so the robust counterpart of a linear constraint is again linear, and Remark 12 of the paper notes that separation over {(v,t):δ∗(v∣UM)≤t}\{(\mathbf v,t):\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^M)\le t\}{(v,t):δ∗(v∣UM)≤t} is in closed form. Unlike the other confidence regions of the paper (χ², G-test, Kolmogorov–Smirnov, bootstrap), whose coverage is asymptotic, tabulated or approximate, the test here is exact and distribution-free, so the probability statement itself is in scope.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a complete formal statement of Theorem 7 including the sampling probability, the binomial order-statistic test for a quantile, and the marginal Value-at-Risk bound, all of which are standard tools in nonparametric statistics and risk management that are absent from Mathlib.

Difficulty

The deterministic half, (EC.8) and (29), is short once the weak Embrechts bound is available. The work is in the probabilistic half, which the paper delegates to a textbook citation. Validity of the order-statistic test ties together facts that no library currently connects: the combinatorics of sorted tuples, the binomial law of the number of i.i.d. sample points below a threshold, the behaviour of a quantile at its left limit (the distribution function at the quantile can exceed 1−ϵ/d1-\epsilon/d1−ϵ/d, so the obvious bound uses the wrong probability), and the comparison of binomial tails across success probabilities. The lower-tail test must be handled with the index N−s+1N-s+1N−s+1 and the quantile of −u~i-\tilde u_i−u~i​, where a sign or off-by-one slip produces a false statement that still looks plausible. The boundary regime s=N+1s=N+1s=N+1, where UϵM\mathcal U^M_\epsilonUϵM​ is the a priori box, is valid only because P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ lives in that box and needs separate treatment.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with 0-based coordinates; vectors pair by ⬝ᵥ. Value at Risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ applied to u↦uTv\mathbf u\mapsto\mathbf u^T\mathbf vu↦uTv, and the support function is the published RobustMDP.Shared.supportFunction; both are real infima/suprema, genuine under 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, a probability measure, and a nonempty bounded set (the goal proves the latter). The order statistics use Mathlib's Tuple.sort; the index N−s+1N-s+1N−s+1 is N + 1 - s in natural numbers, which is the paper's value since 1≤s≤N+11\le s\le N+11≤s≤N+1.

The data are an array S : Fin N → Fin d → ℝ, S k i the kkk-th sample of marginal iii, under any probability law Q such that, for each iii, the samples S 0 i, …, S (N-1) i are i.i.d. from the iii-th marginal of P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ (IsMarginalSampleLaw). The dependence between samples of different marginals is left arbitrary, as the paper's asynchronous setting requires; i.i.d. draws of whole vectors are one admissible law. Probabilities of possibly non-measurable events are outer measures. The level ϵ\epsilonϵ is fixed: by Remark 11 the family {UϵM}\{\mathcal U^M_\epsilon\}{UϵM​} need not work for all ϵ\epsilonϵ simultaneously.

The guarantee is stated in the criterion form of Theorem 1(a) of the paper: δ∗(v∣UϵM)≥VaRϵP∗(v)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^M_\epsilon)\ge\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P^*}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)δ∗(v∣UϵM​)≥VaRϵP∗​(v) for all v\mathbf vv, together with nonemptiness, convexity and compactness of UϵM\mathcal U^M_\epsilonUϵM​. Theorem 1 (mission I of this series) shows that for such sets this criterion is equivalent to implying a probabilistic guarantee. The coverage of the test is proved, not assumed: there is no hypothesis that P∗∈PM\mathbb P^*\in\mathcal P^MP∗∈PM. A formalization in which the support function is evaluated on an empty or unbounded set, where the library value is 0, would make the criterion trivial; the nonemptiness and compactness conjunct of the goal rules it out.

Standing assumptions: d≥1d\ge1d≥1, 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, u^(0)≤u^(N+1)\hat{\mathbf u}^{(0)}\le\hat{\mathbf u}^{(N+1)}u^(0)≤u^(N+1), P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ a probability measure with P∗\mathbb P^*P∗-null complement of the box, and Theorem 7's hypothesis N−s+1<sN-s+1<sN−s+1<s. The page prints the second condition of PM\mathcal P^MPM as "VaRϵ/dPi≥u^i(N−s+1)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P_i}_{\epsilon/d}\ge\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_iVaRϵ/dPi​​≥u^i(N−s+1)​"; the formal region uses the lower-tail condition VaRϵ/d(−ei)≤−u^i(N−s+1)\mathrm{VaR}_{\epsilon/d}(-\mathbf e_i)\le-\hat u^{(N-s+1)}_iVaRϵ/d​(−ei​)≤−u^i(N−s+1)​ that the hypothesis, its rejection rule and the proof use. (EC.8) is stated with "≤\le≤" for each P∈PM\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^MP∈PM; the page's middle equality is not claimed.

Reusable infrastructure welcome beyond this mission: order statistics of tuples and the binomial law of threshold counts for i.i.d. samples; monotonicity of binomial tails in the success probability; the left-limit property of quantiles; the Embrechts-type subadditivity bound for Value at Risk.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; Math. Program. 167:235–292, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0212
  • H. A. David, H. N. Nagaraja, Order Statistics, Wiley (cited by the paper as 1970; third edition 2003), §7.1, distribution-free confidence intervals for quantiles. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471722162
  • P. Embrechts, A. Höing, A. Juri, Using copulae to bound the Value-at-Risk for functions of dependent risks, Finance and Stochastics 7:145–167, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200085
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization IV: The Forward–Backward Deviation Set U^FB Has a Closed-Form Support Function That Bounds the Worst-Case Value at RiskResearch Paper

Motivation

A robust linear constraint u⊤v≤tu^\top v \le tu⊤v≤t with uuu ranging over an uncertainty set U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd is tractable whenever the support function δ∗(v∣U)=sup⁡u∈Uu⊤v\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U)=\sup_{u\in\mathcal U}u^\top vδ∗(v∣U)=supu∈U​u⊤v is. Robust optimization gains a probabilistic meaning when U\mathcal UU is chosen so that every robustly feasible decision also satisfies the constraint with probability at least 1−ε1-\varepsilon1−ε under the true distribution P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ of the uncertain parameter u~\tilde uu~. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (arXiv:1401.0212v2; Math. Program. 167, 2018) build such sets from data: a statistical hypothesis test yields a confidence region P\mathcal PP of distributions, and the uncertainty set is any convex set whose support function dominates the worst-case Value at Risk over P\mathcal PP.

Section 5.2 of the paper applies this schema to the forward and backward deviations of Chen, Sim and Sun (Oper. Res. 55, 2007), one-sided measures of spread that capture skewness. Chen, Sim and Sun assume the mean and deviations are known; the data-driven version replaces them by confidence intervals and must work out the worst case over those intervals. The result is the set UεFB\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilonUεFB​ of Theorem 6, whose support function has a closed form.

Setting

The uncertain parameter u~\tilde uu~ takes values in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and P\mathbb PP is its law. For ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) and v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd, the Value at Risk is

VaRεP(v)=inf⁡{t:P(u~⊤v≤t)≥1−ε}.\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\varepsilon(v)=\inf\{t:\mathbb P(\tilde u^\top v\le t)\ge1-\varepsilon\}.VaRεP​(v)=inf{t:P(u~⊤v≤t)≥1−ε}.

For a probability measure Pi\mathbb P_iPi​ on R\mathbb RR with mean μi\mu_iμi​, the forward deviation and the backward deviation are

σf(Pi)=sup⁡x>0−2μix+2x2log⁡EPi[exu~i],σb(Pi)=sup⁡x>02μix+2x2log⁡EPi[e−xu~i].\sigma_f(\mathbb P_i)=\sup_{x>0}\sqrt{-\tfrac{2\mu_i}{x}+\tfrac{2}{x^2}\log\mathbb E^{\mathbb P_i}[e^{x\tilde u_i}]},\qquad\sigma_b(\mathbb P_i)=\sup_{x>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2\mu_i}{x}+\tfrac{2}{x^2}\log\mathbb E^{\mathbb P_i}[e^{-x\tilde u_i}]}.σf​(Pi​)=x>0sup​−x2μi​​+x22​logEPi​[exu~i​]​,σb​(Pi​)=x>0sup​x2μi​​+x22​logEPi​[e−xu~i​]​.

From a sample, a bootstrap produces thresholds tit_iti​, σˉfi\bar\sigma_{fi}σˉfi​, σˉbi\bar\sigma_{bi}σˉbi​. With the sample mean μ^i\hat\mu_iμ^​i​ put mbi=μ^i−tim_{bi}=\hat\mu_i-t_imbi​=μ^​i​−ti​ and mfi=μ^i+tim_{fi}=\hat\mu_i+t_imfi​=μ^​i​+ti​. The confidence region PFB\mathcal P^{FB}PFB consists of the distributions of vectors with independent components u~i∼Pi\tilde u_i\sim\mathbb P_iu~i​∼Pi​, each Pi\mathbb P_iPi​ having bounded support, mean in [mbi,mfi][m_{bi},m_{fi}][mbi​,mfi​], σf(Pi)≤σˉfi\sigma_f(\mathbb P_i)\le\bar\sigma_{fi}σf​(Pi​)≤σˉfi​ and σb(Pi)≤σˉbi\sigma_b(\mathbb P_i)\le\bar\sigma_{bi}σb​(Pi​)≤σˉbi​.

The uncertainty set is

UεFB={y1+y2−y3: y2,y3∈R+d, ∑i=1d(y2i22σˉfi2+y3i22σˉbi2)≤log⁡(1/ε), mbi≤y1i≤mfi}.\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilon=\Big\{y_1+y_2-y_3:\ y_2,y_3\in\mathbb R^d_+,\ \sum_{i=1}^d\Big(\frac{y_{2i}^2}{2\bar\sigma_{fi}^2}+\frac{y_{3i}^2}{2\bar\sigma_{bi}^2}\Big)\le\log(1/\varepsilon),\ m_{bi}\le y_{1i}\le m_{fi}\Big\}.UεFB​={y1​+y2​−y3​: y2​,y3​∈R+d​, i=1∑d​(2σˉfi2​y2i2​​+2σˉbi2​y3i2​​)≤log(1/ε), mbi​≤y1i​≤mfi​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

For mb≤mfm_b\le m_fmb​≤mf​, σˉf,σˉb>0\bar\sigma_f,\bar\sigma_b>0σˉf​,σˉb​>0 and ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1), the set UεFB\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilonUεFB​ is nonempty, convex and compact,

δ∗(v∣UεFB)=∑i:vi≥0mfivi+∑i:vi<0mbivi+2log⁡(1/ε)(∑i:vi≥0σˉfi2vi2+∑i:vi<0σˉbi2vi2)(24)\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilon)=\sum_{i:v_i\ge0}m_{fi}v_i+\sum_{i:v_i<0}m_{bi}v_i+\sqrt{2\log(1/\varepsilon)\Big(\sum_{i:v_i\ge0}\bar\sigma_{fi}^2v_i^2+\sum_{i:v_i<0}\bar\sigma_{bi}^2v_i^2\Big)}\qquad(24)δ∗(v∣UεFB​)=i:vi​≥0∑​mfi​vi​+i:vi​<0∑​mbi​vi​+2log(1/ε)(i:vi​≥0∑​σˉfi2​vi2​+i:vi​<0∑​σˉbi2​vi2​)​(24)

for every vvv, and VaRεP(v)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\varepsilon(v)VaRεP​(v) is at most the right-hand side of (24) for every P∈PFB\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^{FB}P∈PFB and every vvv.

Milestones

  1. The Chen–Sim–Sun bound (22): for independent components with known means μi\mu_iμi​ and deviations, VaRεP(v)≤∑iμivi+2log⁡(1/ε)(∑vi<0σbi2vi2+∑vi≥0σfi2vi2)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\varepsilon(v)\le\sum_i\mu_iv_i+\sqrt{2\log(1/\varepsilon)(\sum_{v_i<0}\sigma_{bi}^2v_i^2+\sum_{v_i\ge0}\sigma_{fi}^2v_i^2)}VaRεP​(v)≤∑i​μi​vi​+2log(1/ε)(∑vi​<0​σbi2​vi2​+∑vi​≥0​σfi2​vi2​)​.
  2. The right-hand side of (24) is the worst case of (22) over the parameters allowed by PFB\mathcal P^{FB}PFB.
  3. Lagrangian strong duality for max⁡u∈UεFBu⊤v\max_{u\in\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilon}u^\top vmaxu∈UεFB​​u⊤v.
  4. The three one-dimensional sub-subproblems and their optimal values.
  5. The combined formula: δ∗\delta^*δ∗ equals a linear term plus inf⁡λ>0{λlog⁡(1/ε)+S/(2λ)}\inf_{\lambda>0}\{\lambda\log(1/\varepsilon)+S/(2\lambda)\}infλ>0​{λlog(1/ε)+S/(2λ)}.
  6. inf⁡λ>0{λL+S/(2λ)}=2LS\inf_{\lambda>0}\{\lambda L+S/(2\lambda)\}=\sqrt{2LS}infλ>0​{λL+S/(2λ)}=2LS​, attained at λ∗=S/(2L)\lambda^*=\sqrt{S/(2L)}λ∗=S/(2L)​ when S>0S>0S>0.

Companions

  • Remark 9: when (24) exceeds ttt, an explicit point of UεFB\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilonUεFB​ gives a violated cut u⊤v≤tu^\top v\le tu⊤v≤t.
  • Theorem 13(b): the constraint δ∗(v∣UεFB)≤t\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilon)\le tδ∗(v∣UεFB​)≤t is convex in (v,t)(v,t)(v,t) and convex in ε\varepsilonε for 0<ε<1/e0<\varepsilon<1/\sqrt e0<ε<1/e​.

Significance

Theorem 6 gives a data-driven uncertainty set for which a robust linear constraint is a second-order cone constraint, (24) being an explicit norm expression. By Theorem 1 of the paper, the domination of the worst-case Value at Risk over the region by the support function means that every robustly feasible solution satisfies a chance constraint at level ε\varepsilonε for every distribution in the region. Unlike the Chen–Sim–Sun set, which requires the true mean and deviations, UεFB\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilonUεFB​ needs only data and allows the mean and the support to be unknown. Theorem 13(b) supports the alternating heuristic of §9 for choosing the levels εj\varepsilon_jεj​ across several constraints.

The paper's proof is short and leans on "by inspection" and "by Lagrangian strong duality". A formal development makes each of these steps explicit, including the case where the multiplier is not attained, and corrects two printed slips (the optimal values viσˉ2/(2λ)v_i\bar\sigma^2/(2\lambda)vi​σˉ2/(2λ), which should be vi2σˉ2/(2λ)v_i^2\bar\sigma^2/(2\lambda)vi2​σˉ2/(2λ), and the bound mb≤y1≤mbm_b\le y_1\le m_bmb​≤y1​≤mb​). The Chen–Sim–Sun bound itself, a Chernoff-type tail bound under one-sided moment-generating conditions, is cited by the paper without proof. None of these results has a machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of.

Difficulty

The support function of (23) is a maximisation over a set defined by a box, two nonnegative orthants and one coupled quadratic constraint. A coordinate-wise argument does not apply directly because the quadratic budget is shared. The worst case over PFB\mathcal P^{FB}PFB is not a single distribution: the extreme mean and the extreme deviations are chosen coordinate by coordinate according to the sign of viv_ivi​. The Value at Risk bound needs independence of the components; without it (22) fails. When v=0v=0v=0 or the sign pattern makes the quadratic term vanish, the dual multiplier escapes to zero and the dual minimum is only an infimum.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, with 0-based coordinates; u~⊤v\tilde u^\top vu~⊤v is u ⬝ᵥ v. The Value at Risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1−ε1-\varepsilon1−ε, and the support function is the published RobustMDP.Shared.supportFunction, a real supremum; the goal includes nonemptiness and compactness of UεFB\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilonUεFB​, so the supremum is a true maximum and cannot hold through the value 000 of an empty or unbounded set.

The statement is formalized in the criterion form: VaRεP(v)≤δ∗(v∣UεFB)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\varepsilon(v)\le\delta^*(v\mid\mathcal U^{FB}_\varepsilon)VaRεP​(v)≤δ∗(v∣UεFB​) for all vvv and every P\mathbb PP in the region. By Theorem 1 (mission I of this series), for a nonempty convex compact set this criterion is equivalent to the probabilistic guarantee. The page's "with probability 1−α1-\alpha1−α with respect to the sample" is the coverage of the bootstrap confidence region, which the paper itself treats as approximate; it is not formalized.

Conventions and added hypotheses:

  • σˉfi,σˉbi>0\bar\sigma_{fi},\bar\sigma_{bi}>0σˉfi​,σˉbi​>0, so that the denominators of (23) are genuine; with σˉ=0\bar\sigma=0σˉ=0 Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would leave y2y_2y2​ unconstrained instead of forcing y2=0y_2=0y2​=0.
  • mb≤mfm_b\le m_fmb​≤mf​, which holds because ti≥0t_i\ge0ti​≥0.
  • The region is built from a product measure (independence) of probability measures with bounded support. These are the hypotheses of Theorem 6 on P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ and the section's standing assumption; the page's set-builder for PFB\mathcal P^{FB}PFB omits independence. Without bounded support, the Bochner integral of a non-integrable exponential is 000 in Lean and the deviation conditions would lose their meaning.
  • "σf(Pi)≤σˉ\sigma_f(\mathbb P_i)\le\bar\sigmaσf​(Pi​)≤σˉ" is the predicate "the expression under the root is at most σˉ2\bar\sigma^2σˉ2 for every x>0x>0x>0", which is equivalent and avoids an unbounded supremum.
  • Dual minimisations over λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 are infima over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, stated with IsGLB.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a region without independence would make the goal false, a region without the probability and bounded-support conditions would let junk integrals satisfy the deviation predicates, and a support function of an empty set would make (24) a statement about 000.

The development needs a Chernoff argument for products of measures, finite-dimensional Lagrangian duality for one convex quadratic constraint (or a direct Cauchy–Schwarz argument), and compactness of the set (23). The definitions file is self-contained and reusable for other forward/backward-deviation sets. Proofs of any milestone, and of the Chen–Sim–Sun bound as a standalone tail inequality, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; Math. Program. 167:235–292, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0212
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization III: For Independent Marginals, the Kolmogorov–Smirnov Set U^I Has Support Function (19) and Bounds the Worst-Case Value at RiskResearch Paper

Motivation

A robust linear constraint f(u,x)≤0f(\mathbf u,\mathbf x)\le 0f(u,x)≤0 for all u∈U\mathbf u\in\mathcal Uu∈U replaces an uncertain parameter u~\tilde{\mathbf u}u~ by a deterministic uncertainty set U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd. Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (arXiv:1401.0212v2; Math. Program. 167, 2018) build such sets directly from data. Their requirement is a probabilistic guarantee: every robust-feasible decision should satisfy the constraint with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ under the true distribution P∗\mathbb P^*P∗, and this should hold with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α over the sample. The construction runs a statistical hypothesis test, takes its confidence region of distributions, and turns the worst-case Value at Risk over that region into a set.

This mission covers the case where P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ may be continuous but its ddd coordinates are known to be independent and supported in a known box (§5.1 of the paper). The test is the classical Kolmogorov–Smirnov (KS) goodness-of-fit test, applied separately to each marginal. The result is a convex set UϵI\mathcal U^I_\epsilonUϵI​ whose support function has a one-dimensional closed form, (19). The set is representable with exponential cones, and a line search over a single multiplier separates over it (Remarks 6–7).

Setting

Let d≥0d\ge 0d≥0 and N≥1N\ge 1N≥1 (the sample size). For each coordinate iii we are given points u^i(0)<u^i(1)<⋯<u^i(N)<u^i(N+1)\hat u^{(0)}_i<\hat u^{(1)}_i<\cdots<\hat u^{(N)}_i<\hat u^{(N+1)}_iu^i(0)​<u^i(1)​<⋯<u^i(N)​<u^i(N+1)​. The interval [u^i(0),u^i(N+1)][\hat u^{(0)}_i,\hat u^{(N+1)}_i][u^i(0)​,u^i(N+1)​] is the known box containing the support, and u^i(1),…,u^i(N)\hat u^{(1)}_i,\dots,\hat u^{(N)}_iu^i(1)​,…,u^i(N)​ are the order statistics of the iii-th coordinates of the data. Let Γ=ΓKS∈(0,1)\Gamma=\Gamma^{KS}\in(0,1)Γ=ΓKS∈(0,1) be the KS threshold and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1.

  • The Value at Risk of P\mathbb PP in direction v\mathbf vv is VaRϵP(v)=inf⁡{t:P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ}\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)=\inf\{t:\mathbb P(\tilde{\mathbf u}^{\mathsf T}\mathbf v\le t)\ge 1-\epsilon\}VaRϵP​(v)=inf{t:P(u~Tv≤t)≥1−ϵ}.
  • The support function of a set is δ∗(v∣U)=sup⁡u∈UvTu\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U)=\sup_{\mathbf u\in\mathcal U}\mathbf v^{\mathsf T}\mathbf uδ∗(v∣U)=supu∈U​vTu.
  • The KS region PiKS\mathcal P^{KS}_iPiKS​ is the set of Borel probability measures Pi\mathbb P_iPi​ on [u^i(0),u^i(N+1)][\hat u^{(0)}_i,\hat u^{(N+1)}_i][u^i(0)​,u^i(N+1)​] with Pi(u~i≤u^i(j))≥j/N−Γ\mathbb P_i(\tilde u_i\le\hat u^{(j)}_i)\ge j/N-\GammaPi​(u~i​≤u^i(j)​)≥j/N−Γ and Pi(u~i<u^i(j))≤(j−1)/N+Γ\mathbb P_i(\tilde u_i<\hat u^{(j)}_i)\le (j-1)/N+\GammaPi​(u~i​<u^i(j)​)≤(j−1)/N+Γ for j=1,…,Nj=1,\dots,Nj=1,…,N.
  • The independent region PI\mathcal P^IPI is the set of product measures ∏iPi\prod_i\mathbb P_i∏i​Pi​ with Pi∈PiKS\mathbb P_i\in\mathcal P^{KS}_iPi​∈PiKS​.
  • The vectors qL(Γ),qR(Γ)∈ΔN+2q^L(\Gamma),q^R(\Gamma)\in\Delta_{N+2}qL(Γ),qR(Γ)∈ΔN+2​ of (17) are the two boundary distributions of the KS band. With k=⌊N(1−Γ)⌋k=\lfloor N(1-\Gamma)\rfloork=⌊N(1−Γ)⌋, qLq^LqL puts mass Γ\GammaΓ at j=0j=0j=0, mass 1/N1/N1/N at j=1,…,kj=1,\dots,kj=1,…,k, and mass 1−Γ−k/N1-\Gamma-k/N1−Γ−k/N at j=k+1j=k+1j=k+1. Its mirror image is qjR=qN+1−jLq^R_j=q^L_{N+1-j}qjR​=qN+1−jL​.
  • The relative entropy is D(q,p)=∑jqjlog⁡(qj/pj)D(\mathbf q,\mathbf p)=\sum_jq_j\log(q_j/p_j)D(q,p)=∑j​qj​log(qj​/pj​).
  • The uncertainty set (18) is
UϵI={u:∃ θi∈[0,1], qi∈ΔN+2, ∑j=0N+1u^i(j)qji=ui, ∑i=1dD(qi,θiqL+(1−θi)qR)≤log⁡(1/ϵ)}.\mathcal U^I_\epsilon=\Big\{\mathbf u:\exists\,\theta_i\in[0,1],\ \mathbf q^i\in\Delta_{N+2},\ \sum_{j=0}^{N+1}\hat u^{(j)}_iq^i_j=u_i,\ \sum_{i=1}^dD\big(\mathbf q^i,\theta_i\mathbf q^L+(1-\theta_i)\mathbf q^R\big)\le\log(1/\epsilon)\Big\}.UϵI​={u:∃θi​∈[0,1], qi∈ΔN+2​, j=0∑N+1​u^i(j)​qji​=ui​, i=1∑d​D(qi,θi​qL+(1−θi​)qR)≤log(1/ϵ)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (deterministic content)

For every v∈Rd\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd:

UϵI is nonempty, convex and compact,VaRϵP(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵI)  ∀ P∈PI,\mathcal U^I_\epsilon\ \text{is nonempty, convex and compact},\qquad \mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\le\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^I_\epsilon)\ \ \forall\,\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^I,UϵI​ is nonempty, convex and compact,VaRϵP​(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵI​)  ∀P∈PI, δ∗(v∣UϵI)=inf⁡λ>0{λlog⁡(1/ϵ)+λ∑i=1dlog⁡[max⁡(∑jqjLeviu^i(j)/λ,∑jqjReviu^i(j)/λ)]}.(19)\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^I_\epsilon)=\inf_{\lambda>0}\Big\{\lambda\log(1/\epsilon)+\lambda\sum_{i=1}^d\log\Big[\max\Big(\sum_{j}q^L_je^{v_i\hat u^{(j)}_i/\lambda},\sum_jq^R_je^{v_i\hat u^{(j)}_i/\lambda}\Big)\Big]\Big\}.\tag{19}δ∗(v∣UϵI​)=λ>0inf​{λlog(1/ϵ)+λi=1∑d​log[max(j∑​qjL​evi​u^i(j)​/λ,j∑​qjR​evi​u^i(j)​/λ)]}.(19)

Milestones, in attack order

  1. The Nemirovski–Shapiro bound VaRϵP(v)≤λlog⁡(1/ϵ)+λ∑ilog⁡EPi[eviu~i/λ]\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\le\lambda\log(1/\epsilon)+\lambda\sum_i\log\mathbb E^{\mathbb P_i}[e^{v_i\tilde u_i/\lambda}]VaRϵP​(v)≤λlog(1/ϵ)+λ∑i​logEPi​[evi​u~i​/λ] for independent, compactly supported marginals.
  2. The boundary laws qLq^LqL, qRq^RqR belong to PiKS\mathcal P^{KS}_iPiKS​.
  3. Theorem EC.2: for monotone ggg, sup⁡PiKSE[g(u~i)]=max⁡(∑jqjLg(u^i(j)),∑jqjRg(u^i(j)))\sup_{\mathcal P^{KS}_i}\mathbb E[g(\tilde u_i)]=\max(\sum_jq^L_jg(\hat u^{(j)}_i),\sum_jq^R_jg(\hat u^{(j)}_i))supPiKS​​E[g(u~i​)]=max(∑j​qjL​g(u^i(j)​),∑j​qjR​g(u^i(j)​)).
  4. (16) combined with EC.2: the Value at Risk over PI\mathcal P^IPI is at most the expression in (19), for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.
  5. The Lagrangian dual of max⁡{vTu:u∈UϵI}\max\{\mathbf v^{\mathsf T}\mathbf u:\mathbf u\in\mathcal U^I_\epsilon\}max{vTu:u∈UϵI​}.
  6. (EC.6): max⁡q∈Δ{cTq−D(q,p)}=log⁡∑jpjecj\max_{\mathbf q\in\Delta}\{\mathbf c^{\mathsf T}\mathbf q-D(\mathbf q,\mathbf p)\}=\log\sum_jp_je^{c_j}maxq∈Δ​{cTq−D(q,p)}=log∑j​pj​ecj​.
  7. (EC.7): the linear optimization over θi∈[0,1]\theta_i\in[0,1]θi​∈[0,1] is solved at an endpoint.

Significance

Theorem 5 gives a data-driven uncertainty set for continuous distributions with independent components. Its guarantee is finite-sample, not asymptotic, and its support function costs one line search over λ\lambdaλ to evaluate. Theorem 1 of the paper shows that VaR≤δ∗\mathrm{VaR}\le\delta^*VaR≤δ∗ for all v\mathbf vv is equivalent to the probabilistic guarantee for nonempty convex compact sets. So the goal certifies that every robust-feasible solution of a constraint concave in u\mathbf uu satisfies the chance constraint for every distribution the KS tests cannot reject. Theorem EC.2 is a reusable fact about KS bands: monotone expectations are extremized at the band's two boundary distributions.

The result is proved in the paper, but none of it has been formalized. A formal development would supply:

  • worst-case expectations over a KS confidence band;
  • the finite Gibbs variational identity with possibly vanishing reference masses;
  • a Chernoff-type Value-at-Risk bound for product measures;
  • a strong-duality statement for an entropy-constrained convex program.

Difficulty

The obvious route to the VaR bound is a union bound over coordinates. It loses a factor of ddd in ϵ\epsilonϵ, which is why the paper uses exponential moments and independence instead. The KS region is infinite dimensional, so the inner supremum of (16) is not a finite linear program. Reducing it to the boundary distributions needs the monotonicity of u↦eviu/λu\mapsto e^{v_iu/\lambda}u↦evi​u/λ, and a measure-level comparison of distribution functions against the band. The support-function identity needs strong duality for a jointly convex divergence constraint. The duality holds because θi↦θiqL+(1−θi)qR\theta_i\mapsto\theta_i\mathbf q^L+(1-\theta_i)\mathbf q^Rθi​↦θi​qL+(1−θi​)qR is affine and DDD is jointly convex. The reference vector can have zero entries (when N(1−Γ)N(1-\Gamma)N(1−Γ) is an integer, or in the middle of the band), so the Gibbs step must handle vanishing masses.

Formalization scope

  • Data and conventions. Coordinates are Fin d. The points are uhat : Fin d → Fin (N + 2) → ℝ with the page's indices j=0,…,N+1j=0,\dots,N+1j=0,…,N+1, and the KS constraints run over j : Fin N, which is the page's j−1j-1j−1. The order statistics are data. They are ordered, u^i(0)≤u^i(1)≤⋯≤u^i(N+1)\hat u^{(0)}_i\le\hat u^{(1)}_i\le\dots\le\hat u^{(N+1)}_iu^i(0)​≤u^i(1)​≤⋯≤u^i(N+1)​ (Monotone (uhat i)), as order statistics of a sample in the box are; ties are allowed.
  • Standing assumptions. N≥1N\ge1N≥1, 0<Γ<10<\Gamma<10<Γ<1 and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1.
  • Regions. Measures in PiKS\mathcal P^{KS}_iPiKS​ are probability measures on R\mathbb RR carried by the box, and PI\mathcal P^IPI consists of the Measure.pi products of such measures, so independence is built in.
  • Relative entropy. DDD carries an explicit finiteness predicate (qj>0⇒pj>0q_j>0\Rightarrow p_j>0qj​>0⇒pj​>0), so Lean's log 0 = 0 cannot make an infinite divergence finite.
  • Published definitions. Value at Risk is the published MultistageStochastic.valueAtRisk at level 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ, and δ∗\delta^*δ∗ is the published RobustMDP.Shared.supportFunction, a real sSup. The goal proves UϵI\mathcal U^I_\epsilonUϵI​ nonempty and compact, so δ∗\delta^*δ∗ is never the junk value 000 of an empty or unbounded set.
  • Infima and the multiplier. Infima over λ\lambdaλ are over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and stated with IsGLB. The page's λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 gives the same value.
  • Criterion form of the guarantee. The guarantee is stated as VaRϵP(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵI)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_\epsilon(\mathbf v)\le\delta^*(\mathbf v\mid\mathcal U^I_\epsilon)VaRϵP​(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵI​) for all P∈PI\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^IP∈PI. By Theorem 1 (mission I of this series), this criterion is equivalent to the probabilistic guarantee for nonempty convex compact sets.
  • Coverage of the test. The statement "with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α over the sample" is the coverage of PI\mathcal P^IPI. It rests on the distribution-free law of the KS statistic (tables) and on combining ddd tests at level 1−1−αd1-\sqrt[d]{1-\alpha}1−d1−α​. This part is cited, not formalized.
  • Ruled out. The VaR inequality is never checked against a δ∗\delta^*δ∗ that sSup collapses to 000, and the divergence budget is never relaxed by unguarded logarithms.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Milestones 1, 3 and 6 are independent of each other and of the rest; the goal follows from milestones 1–7 together with the convex-analytic facts about UϵI\mathcal U^I_\epsilonUϵI​.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; Math. Program. 167:235–292, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0212
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Shapiro, Convex approximations of chance constrained programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17(4):969–996, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1137/050622328
  • M. A. Stephens, EDF statistics for goodness of fit and some comparisons, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 69(347):730–737, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1974.10480196
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Robust Optimization II: With Known Finite Support, the χ² and G Uncertainty Sets Bound the Worst-Case Value at Risk over Their Confidence RegionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization replaces uncertain data by a set of possible values and requires a decision to work for every value in that set. A central question is how to choose the set from data so that robust feasibility also gives a specified chance of satisfying the original constraint. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus study this question for several sampling models in Data-Driven Robust Optimization. Their finite-support construction addresses a practical case: the uncertain vector can take one of finitely many known outcomes, while their probabilities must be inferred from observations. The resulting sets use classical goodness-of-fit tests to account for uncertainty in those probabilities. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, §§2–4, pp. 2–13.

In this case the support vectors are known in advance, so the problem is not to discover which outcomes are possible. The question is how much confidence to place in their estimated frequencies and how to turn that confidence region into a set of uncertain vectors suitable for a robust constraint. The paper gives two answers, one based on Pearson's chi-square statistic and one based on the likelihood-ratio, or G, statistic. Both answers are meant to work at every requested risk level 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 for the same observed sample. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorem 4, p. 13.

Setting

Let a0,…,an−1∈Rda_0,\ldots,a_{n-1}\in\mathbb R^da0​,…,an−1​∈Rd be the listed possible outcomes. A probability vector p=(pj)p=(p_j)p=(pj​) belongs to the simplex Δn\Delta_nΔn​ when all pjp_jpj​ are nonnegative and ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1. It determines the finite-support law Pp=∑jpjδajP_p=\sum_jp_j\delta_{a_j}Pp​=∑j​pj​δaj​​. From a sample one obtains the empirical frequencies p^∈Δn\hat p\in\Delta_np^​∈Δn​. A nonnegative number ρ\rhoρ records the test threshold; in the paper it is χn−1,1−α2/(2N)\chi^2_{n-1,1-\alpha}/(2N)χn−1,1−α2​/(2N), where NNN is sample size and α\alphaα is the test's significance level. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10), p. 12.

The Pearson confidence region Pχ2\mathcal P^{\chi^2}Pχ2 contains candidates p∈Δnp\in\Delta_np∈Δn​ satisfying ∑j(pj−p^j)2/(2pj)≤ρ\sum_j(p_j-\hat p_j)^2/(2p_j)\le\rho∑j​(pj​−p^​j​)2/(2pj​)≤ρ. The G confidence region PG\mathcal P^GPG instead requires D(p^,p)≤ρD(\hat p,p)\le\rhoD(p^​,p)≤ρ, with relative entropy D(r,p)=∑jrjlog⁡(rj/pj)D(r,p)=\sum_jr_j\log(r_j/p_j)D(r,p)=∑j​rj​log(rj​/pj​). In either region, a candidate pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 is excluded when p^j>0\hat p_j>0p^​j​>0: the source's divergence is then infinite. If both entries are zero, that coordinate contributes zero. These conventions matter because ordinary real division and logarithm in Lean have total values at zero. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10), p. 12.

For a direction v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd, value at risk VaR⁡ϵPp(v)\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)VaRϵPp​​(v) is the lower 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ quantile of the scalar loss uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv. Conditional value at risk is the minimum over real ttt of t+ϵ−1∑jpj(ajTv−t)+t+\epsilon^{-1}\sum_jp_j(a_j^{\mathsf T}v-t)^+t+ϵ−1∑j​pj​(ajT​v−t)+. The paper's auxiliary set UϵCVaR⁡PpU^{\operatorname{CVaR}_{P_p}}_\epsilonUϵCVaRPp​​​ reweights the outcomes with another probability vector qqq constrained by qj≤pj/ϵq_j\le p_j/\epsilonqj​≤pj​/ϵ. The two data-driven uncertainty sets Uϵχ2U^{\chi^2}_\epsilonUϵχ2​ and UϵGU^G_\epsilonUϵG​ allow such a reweighting for some ppp in the corresponding confidence region. Their support function δ∗(v∣U)\delta^*(v\mid U)δ∗(v∣U) is the largest uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv over u∈Uu\in Uu∈U. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (11)–(13), pp. 12–13; Theorem EC.1, p. ec2.

Formalization targets

The first target is the paper's finite-support CVaR identity and the comparison between the two risk measures:

VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤CVaR⁡ϵPp(v)=δ∗(v∣UϵCVaR⁡Pp).\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v) \le \operatorname{CVaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v) =\delta^*(v\mid U^{\operatorname{CVaR}_{P_p}}_\epsilon).VaRϵPp​​(v)≤CVaRϵPp​​(v)=δ∗(v∣UϵCVaRPp​​​).

The goal is Theorem 4's deterministic claim, simultaneously for all 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. For each ppp in the relevant confidence region, it asks for both bounds

VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤δ∗(v∣Uϵχ2),VaR⁡ϵPp(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵG)\operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)\le\delta^*(v\mid U^{\chi^2}_\epsilon), \qquad \operatorname{VaR}^{P_p}_\epsilon(v)\le\delta^*(v\mid U^G_\epsilon)VaRϵPp​​(v)≤δ∗(v∣Uϵχ2​),VaRϵPp​​(v)≤δ∗(v∣UϵG​)

for every vvv, with each uncertainty set nonempty, convex, and compact. A supporting milestone identifies each support function as the supremum of CVaR over its confidence region. The paper also displays conic optimization programs for these support functions in (14) and (15); those programs are outside this mission's drafted statements. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorem 4, p. 13; proof, p. ec2.

Significance

The bounds give a way to certify the directional risk of every candidate distribution accepted by a goodness-of-fit test. For a nonempty convex compact uncertainty set, the paper's Theorem 1 turns this directional condition into a probabilistic guarantee for every constraint concave in the uncertain vector. Theorem 4 adds the sampling claim through coverage of the confidence region: when the true finite-support distribution belongs to that region, the whole family indexed by ϵ\epsilonϵ receives the guarantee. The statistical tests use chi-square approximations, so their advertised coverage is asymptotic rather than an exact finite-sample result. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, Theorems 1–4, pp. 10–13.

The paper proves the mathematical result. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of its finite-dimensional definitions, the CVaR identity, the worst-case support identities, and the deterministic risk bounds. The drafted Lean statements are open goals. A completed development would also give reusable facts about finite-support risk measures and support functions under divergence-constrained probabilities. It would leave the test coverage calculation and the explicit programs (14)–(15) for separate work.

Difficulty

The risk comparison alone does not identify a robust uncertainty set: the support function must agree with the worst-case CVaR over an entire region of probability vectors. This brings a finite-dimensional optimization identity into the formal proof, including attainment and the relationship between reweightings and distributions. Boundary coordinates create another difficulty. The Pearson expression divides by pjp_jpj​, and the G expression contains log⁡(p^j/pj)\log(\hat p_j/p_j)log(p^​j​/pj​); silently accepting Lean's values at zero would enlarge the regions and change the theorem. The support function and CVaR are real infima or suprema, so their nonempty, bounded domains must also be established. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus, (10)–(13), pp. 12–13; proof, p. ec2.

Formalization scope

Lean represents outcomes and probability vectors as functions on Fin d and Fin n; indices start at zero. The simplex is Mathlib's stdSimplex. The law is a finite sum of point masses. If two listed vectors coincide, their point masses aggregate; the paper's notation pj=Pp(u~=aj)p_j=P_p(\tilde u=a_j)pj​=Pp​(u~=aj​) is recovered with the intended distinct listing. Value at risk and the support function reuse published Prove2Me definitions; the finite-vector relative entropy also reuses a published definition, guarded at zero in this mission's G region. CVaR uses a real sInf, equal to the paper's minimum for a simplex law and 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1. No statement applies it outside that domain.

The goal assumes p^∈Δn\hat p\in\Delta_np^​∈Δn​ and ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0. These express, respectively, that the center is an empirical probability vector and that the chi-square threshold is nonnegative. It quantifies over every 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, with the same confidence regions for all levels. The paper's sample size, chi-square quantile, and significance level are compressed into ρ\rhoρ; coverage of the true distribution by the test is a separate statistical premise and is not formalized here. The source's P∗\mathbb P^*P∗ is represented by Pp∗P_{p^*}Pp∗​ for a supported probability vector p∗p^*p∗. The draft does not treat an arbitrary unsupported law as a member of the confidence region.

The nonempty and compact conclusions rule out a zero returned by a support function on an empty or unbounded set. The zero-denominator guards rule out candidates the paper assigns infinite divergence. Contributions needed to close the mission include finite-simplex geometry, the finite-support CVaR identity, continuity of the divergence regions at boundary coordinates, and the risk-bound theorem. Those facts can be reused in later data-driven robust optimization developments.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas, Vishal Gupta, and Nathan Kallus, Data-Driven Robust Optimization, arXiv:1401.0212v2, 2014; revised version in Mathematical Programming 167 (2018), 235–292. Preprint.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Rademacher Complexities II: Local Rademacher Averages of the Classification Loss Class Are Bounded by Weighted Empirical Risk Minimization (Theorem 6.3)Research Paper

Motivation

Local Rademacher averages measure the complexity of a learning problem only near the functions that matter, such as those with small empirical error, rather than over the whole function class. Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson (Local Rademacher complexities, Ann. Statist. 33 (2005)) show that error bounds for empirical risk minimization are governed by the fixed point of a sub-root upper bound on such local averages, and that these bounds give fast rates (1/n1/n1/n rather than 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​) under variance conditions. A bound is only useful in practice if it can be computed from the data. For classification with the discrete loss, the paper's Corollary 6.2 states the bound in terms of a localized empirical Rademacher average ψ^n(r)\hat\psi_n(r)ψ^​n​(r). That average is a supremum over a constrained subclass, and it is not obvious how to evaluate it.

Theorem 6.3 of the paper answers this. An upper bound on ψ^n(r)\hat\psi_n(r)ψ^​n​(r) can be computed by any algorithm that minimizes a weighted empirical classification error. A similar reduction was known for the global Rademacher average of a classification class: Bartlett, Boucheron and Lugosi (Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48 (2002)) observed that the empirical Rademacher average equals one half minus an expected empirical risk minimum with random labels, and Lemma 6.4 of the paper is adapted from their argument. Theorem 6.3 shows that localization and the use of star-hulls keep this reduction intact.

Setting

Fix inputs X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ in a set X\mathcal XX (n≥1n\ge1n≥1) and labels Y1,…,Yn∈{−1,1}Y_1,\dots,Y_n\in\{-1,1\}Y1​,…,Yn​∈{−1,1}. Everything below is deterministic given this sample. A classifier is a function f:X→{−1,1}f:\mathcal X\to\{-1,1\}f:X→{−1,1}, and F\mathcal FF is a class of classifiers. The discrete loss is ℓ(y,y′)=1[y≠y′]\ell(y,y')=\mathbf 1[y\ne y']ℓ(y,y′)=1[y=y′]. For a vector z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn write

Pnℓ(f(X),z)=1n∑i=1nℓ(f(Xi),zi),Pnℓf=Pnℓ(f(X),Y),P_n\ell(f(X),z)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\ell(f(X_i),z_i),\qquad P_n\ell_f=P_n\ell(f(X),Y),Pn​ℓ(f(X),z)=n1​i=1∑n​ℓ(f(Xi​),zi​),Pn​ℓf​=Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y),

so PnℓfP_n\ell_fPn​ℓf​ is the empirical risk of fff.

A sign vector σ∈{−1,1}n\sigma\in\{-1,1\}^nσ∈{−1,1}n plays the role of Rademacher signs, and Eσ\mathbb E_\sigmaEσ​ is the average over all 2n2^n2n sign vectors. The empirical Rademacher average of the loss functions of the classifiers with empirical risk at most bbb is

EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤b}=1n Eσsup⁡f∈F, Pnℓf≤b ∑i=1nσi ℓ(f(Xi),Yi).\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b\}=\frac1n\,\mathbb E_\sigma\sup_{f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b}\ \sum_{i=1}^n\sigma_i\,\ell(f(X_i),Y_i).Eσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤b}=n1​Eσ​f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤bsup​ i=1∑n​σi​ℓ(f(Xi​),Yi​).

For c≥0c\ge0c≥0, x>0x>0x>0 and 0<r≤1/20<r\le1/20<r≤1/2, the empirical local Rademacher complexity of the classification loss class is

ψ^n(r)=csup⁡α∈[2r,1]α EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤2r/α2}+26xn.\hat\psi_n(r)=c\sup_{\alpha\in[\sqrt{2r},1]}\alpha\,\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le 2r/\alpha^2\}+\frac{26x}{n}.ψ^​n​(r)=cα∈[2r​,1]sup​αEσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤2r/α2}+n26x​.

In Corollary 6.2, c=20c=20c=20. The parameter α\alphaα comes from the star-hull of the loss class: rescaling a loss function by α\alphaα turns the constraint Pn(αℓf)2≤2rP_n(\alpha\ell_f)^2\le 2rPn​(αℓf​)2≤2r into Pnℓf≤2r/α2P_n\ell_f\le 2r/\alpha^2Pn​ℓf​≤2r/α2.

For a sign vector σ\sigmaσ and a multiplier μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, the weighted empirical risk minimum is

J(μ)=min⁡f∈F1n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣ ℓ(f(Xi),sign⁡(σi+μYi)).J(\mu)=\min_{f\in\mathcal F}\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|\,\ell\big(f(X_i),\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)\big).J(μ)=f∈Fmin​n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣ℓ(f(Xi​),sign(σi​+μYi​)).

It is the smallest weighted training error when the labels are corrupted to sign⁡(σi+μYi)\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)sign(σi​+μYi​) and example iii has weight ∣σi+μYi∣|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|∣σi​+μYi​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

If some f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F has Pnℓf≤2rP_n\ell_f\le 2rPn​ℓf​≤2r, then

ψ^n(r)≤csup⁡α∈[2r,1]α Eσmin⁡μ≥0((2rα2−12)μ+12n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣−J(μ))+26xn.\hat\psi_n(r)\le c\sup_{\alpha\in[\sqrt{2r},1]}\alpha\,\mathbb E_\sigma\min_{\mu\ge0}\Big(\Big(\frac{2r}{\alpha^2}-\frac12\Big)\mu+\frac1{2n}\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|-J(\mu)\Big)+\frac{26x}{n}.ψ^​n​(r)≤cα∈[2r​,1]sup​αEσ​μ≥0min​((α22r​−21​)μ+2n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣−J(μ))+n26x​.

The multiplier ccc is kept general, and the term 26x/n26x/n26x/n appears on both sides as printed.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.4. For every b∈[0,1]b\in[0,1]b∈[0,1] with a feasible classifier,
EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤b}=12−Eσmin⁡{Pnℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pnℓ(f(X),Y)≤b}.\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b\}=\frac12-\mathbb E_\sigma\min\{P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma) : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell(f(X),Y)\le b\}.Eσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤b}=21​−Eσ​min{Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)≤b}.
  1. Weak duality (proof of Theorem 6.3). With L(f,μ)=Pnℓ(f(X),σ)+μ(Pnℓ(f(X),Y)−2r/α2)L(f,\mu)=P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma)+\mu(P_n\ell(f(X),Y)-2r/\alpha^2)L(f,μ)=Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ)+μ(Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)−2r/α2) and g(μ)=min⁡f∈FL(f,μ)g(\mu)=\min_{f\in\mathcal F}L(f,\mu)g(μ)=minf∈F​L(f,μ), for every μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0,
min⁡{Pnℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pnℓ(f(X),Y)≤2r/α2}≥g(μ).\min\{P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma) : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell(f(X),Y)\le 2r/\alpha^2\}\ge g(\mu).min{Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)≤2r/α2}≥g(μ).
  1. The identity for g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) (proof of Theorem 6.3, corrected).
g(μ)=J(μ)−12n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣+1+μ2−μ2rα2.g(\mu)=J(\mu)-\frac1{2n}\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|+\frac{1+\mu}2-\mu\frac{2r}{\alpha^2}.g(μ)=J(μ)−2n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣+21+μ​−μα22r​.

Significance

The theorem turns a quantity defined by a supremum over a data-dependent subclass into one computable by a standard learning primitive. For each sign vector and each multiplier μ\muμ, J(μ)J(\mu)J(μ) is the value of a weighted classification problem, which any weighted empirical risk minimizer solves. The expectation over signs can be estimated by repeated sampling. The paper notes that JJJ is Lipschitz in μ\muμ, so a finite grid of μ\muμ values suffices, and that a sub-root upper bound on ψ^n\hat\psi_nψ^​n​ can then be read off. Combined with Corollary 6.2, this yields error bounds for empirical risk minimization in classification that are computable from the training data and that localize: they depend only on the classifiers with small empirical error.

The result is proved in the paper. It has not been formalized; as far as a search of the Prove2Me catalog shows, neither the classification loss class nor J(μ)J(\mu)J(μ) exists as a formal object. This mission produces machine-checked statements of the theorem and of its three proof steps. These cover the exact identity between Rademacher averages of the discrete loss class and random-label empirical risk minimization, and a Lagrangian duality bound for constrained empirical risk minimization.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply Lemma 6.4 and then exchange the constrained minimum for a Lagrangian. Each step has a point where a careless argument fails.

  • Lemma 6.4 needs a change of variables on sign vectors (σi↦−Yiσi\sigma_i\mapsto-Y_i\sigma_iσi​↦−Yi​σi​) that preserves the uniform average. It also needs the identity ℓ(y,y′)=∣y−y′∣/2\ell(y,y')=|y-y'|/2ℓ(y,y′)=∣y−y′∣/2 on {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}, which fails off {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}.
  • The Lagrangian step gives only weak duality. The bound is an inequality, and attempts to prove equality in Theorem 6.3 fail in general.
  • The identity for g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) rests on ℓ(y,y^)=(1−yy^)/2\ell(y,\hat y)=(1-y\hat y)/2ℓ(y,y^​)=(1−yy^​)/2. This holds only for ±1\pm1±1 arguments, while sign⁡(σi+μYi)\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)sign(σi​+μYi​) is 000 when μ=1\mu=1μ=1 and σi=−Yi\sigma_i=-Y_iσi​=−Yi​. Those terms carry weight zero, and the bookkeeping has to show this.
  • Passing the per-α\alphaα, per-σ\sigmaσ inequalities through the outer supremum and the average requires every supremum and minimum to be over a nonempty, bounded set. This is where the feasibility hypothesis is used.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Inputs are xs : Fin n → X for an arbitrary type X. Labels and signs are real vectors Fin n → ℝ. Classifiers are functions X → ℝ with values in {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}, a class is a Set (X → ℝ), and the discrete loss is defined on all real pairs. Sign vectors are indexed by Fin n → Bool through the published UnderstandingML.signVec. Every Eσ\mathbb E_\sigmaEσ​, on both sides of every statement, is the finite average over these 2n2^n2n vectors; no probability measure is used. The empirical Rademacher average is the published UnderstandingML.rademacher applied to the set of loss vectors.
  • Suprema and minima. Every supremum and minimum is Lean's real ⨆/⨅ over a subtype. The hypotheses make each index set nonempty and each family bounded, so these are true suprema and minima. The convention Real.sign 0 = 0 is used where the paper's sign is undefined; it affects only weight-zero terms.
  • Added hypotheses. Each of these is implicit on the page:
    • n≥1n\ge1n≥1;
    • c≥0c\ge0c≥0 (for c<0c<0c<0 the inequality reverses);
    • 0<r≤1/20<r\le1/20<r≤1/2 (otherwise the range of α\alphaα is empty);
    • x>0x>0x>0 (Corollary 6.2's "fix x>0x>0x>0");
    • a classifier with Pnℓf≤2rP_n\ell_f\le 2rPn​ℓf​≤2r in the goal, and a feasible classifier in Lemma 6.4 and in the weak duality step (the page's minima presuppose one);
    • a nonempty F\mathcal FF in the g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) identity.
  • Corrections of the print. The last display of the proof on p. 30 ends each line with −2r/α2-2r/\alpha^2−2r/α2. From the page's own definition g(μ)=min⁡fL(f,μ)g(\mu)=\min_f L(f,\mu)g(μ)=minf​L(f,μ), the constant is −μ 2r/α2-\mu\,2r/\alpha^2−μ2r/α2, which is the form Theorem 6.3's term (2r/α2−1/2)μ(2r/\alpha^2-1/2)\mu(2r/α2−1/2)μ requires. The milestone states the corrected identity.
  • No trivialization. Without the feasibility hypothesis, Lean would evaluate the empty-class Rademacher average and the unbounded μ\muμ-minimum to the junk value 000, and the goal would compare junk values. The feasibility hypothesis rules this out. The goal is the inequality between the two expressions for ψ^n\hat\psi_nψ^​n​ as printed; it is not restated through g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ), L(f,μ)L(f,\mu)L(f,μ) or Lemma 6.4.
  • Contributions welcome. A reusable lemma that the uniform average over {±1}n\{\pm1\}^n{±1}n is invariant under coordinatewise sign flips would serve beyond this mission, as would general facts about real infima over finite-valued families. Proofs of the three milestones, and of the goal from them, are the main targets.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet, S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4), 1497–1537, 2005. arXiv:math/0508275v1 (cited version): https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0508275, DOI https://doi.org/10.1214/009053605000000282 — §6.2, Corollary 6.2 and Theorem 6.3 (pp. 28–29), Lemma 6.4 (p. 29), proof of Theorem 6.3 (p. 30).
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48, 85–113, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013999503812
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian complexities: risk bounds and structural results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 463–482, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/bartlett02a.html
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 26 (the Rademacher complexity reused here). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Rademacher Complexities I: The Error Is Bounded by the Fixed Point of a Sub-Root Bound on Local Rademacher Averages of the Star-Hull (Theorem 3.3, Part 2)Research Paper

Motivation

A learning algorithm that picks a function f^\hat ff^​ from a class F\mathcal FF by minimizing an empirical average is only as good as the gap between the empirical average PnfP_n fPn​f and the true mean PfPfPf, uniformly over the functions it might choose. The classical way to control this gap uses a global complexity of the whole class, such as its Rademacher average, and yields rates of order 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​. These rates are too slow in many problems of statistics and learning theory, where the functions that matter (those close to the best one) have small variance. Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson (arXiv:math/0508275, Annals of Statistics 33 (2005) 1497–1537) showed that the gap can instead be controlled by a local complexity, the Rademacher average of the small-variance part of the class. The resulting bounds give fast rates, often of order log⁡n/n\log n / nlogn/n, and the paper is the standard reference for this method in empirical process theory and statistical learning.

The method builds on Koltchinskii and Panchenko (2000), Massart (2000) and Lugosi and Wegkamp (2004), and its concentration step uses Bousquet's form of Talagrand's inequality (2002). It is the basis of the fast-rate analyses in Koltchinskii's 2006 Annals of Statistics paper on local Rademacher complexities and oracle inequalities, and in later work on variance-regularized risk minimization.

Setting

Let (X,P)(\mathcal X, P)(X,P) be a probability space and X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ independent random variables with law PPP. For a function f:X→Rf : \mathcal X \to \mathbb Rf:X→R write

Pf=Ef(X),Pnf=1n∑i=1nf(Xi).Pf = \mathbb E f(X), \qquad P_n f = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i).Pf=Ef(X),Pn​f=n1​i=1∑n​f(Xi​).

Let σ1,…,σn\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_nσ1​,…,σn​ be independent signs, Pr⁡(σi=1)=Pr⁡(σi=−1)=1/2\Pr(\sigma_i = 1) = \Pr(\sigma_i = -1) = 1/2Pr(σi​=1)=Pr(σi​=−1)=1/2. For a class G\mathcal GG of functions, the empirical Rademacher average is

EσRnG=1n Eσsup⁡g∈G∑i=1nσig(Xi),\mathbb E_\sigma R_n \mathcal G = \frac1n\, \mathbb E_\sigma \sup_{g \in \mathcal G} \sum_{i=1}^n \sigma_i g(X_i),Eσ​Rn​G=n1​Eσ​g∈Gsup​i=1∑n​σi​g(Xi​),

the expectation over the signs with the sample fixed, and the Rademacher average ERnG\mathbb E R_n \mathcal GERn​G is its expectation over the sample.

The star-hull of F\mathcal FF around 000 is star⁡(F,0)={αf:f∈F, α∈[0,1]}\operatorname{star}(\mathcal F, 0) = \{\alpha f : f \in \mathcal F,\ \alpha \in [0,1]\}star(F,0)={αf:f∈F, α∈[0,1]}. A functional TTT assigns a number T(f)T(f)T(f) to each function; it plays the role of a variance proxy (for instance T(f)=Var⁡[f]T(f) = \operatorname{Var}[f]T(f)=Var[f] or T(f)=Pf2T(f) = Pf^2T(f)=Pf2).

A function ψ:[0,∞)→[0,∞)\psi : [0,\infty) \to [0,\infty)ψ:[0,∞)→[0,∞) is sub-root if it is nondecreasing and r↦ψ(r)/rr \mapsto \psi(r)/\sqrt rr↦ψ(r)/r​ is nonincreasing on r>0r > 0r>0. A nontrivial sub-root function has a unique positive fixed point r∗r^*r∗, the solution of ψ(r∗)=r∗\psi(r^*) = r^*ψ(r∗)=r∗ (Lemma 3.2 of the paper).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3, second part (with corrected constants)

Let F\mathcal FF be a class of functions with values in [a,b][a, b][a,b], B>0B > 0B>0, and TTT a functional with 0≤T(f)0 \le T(f)0≤T(f), Var⁡[f]≤T(f)≤B Pf\operatorname{Var}[f] \le T(f) \le B\, PfVar[f]≤T(f)≤BPf and T(αf)≤α2T(f)T(\alpha f) \le \alpha^2 T(f)T(αf)≤α2T(f) for f∈Ff \in \mathcal Ff∈F, α∈[0,1]\alpha \in [0,1]α∈[0,1]. Let ψ\psiψ be sub-root with fixed point r∗r^*r∗ and assume, for every r≥r∗r \ge r^*r≥r∗,

ψ(r)≥B ERn{f∈star⁡(F,0):T(f)≤r}.\psi(r) \ge B\, \mathbb E R_n \{ f \in \operatorname{star}(\mathcal F, 0) : T(f) \le r \}.ψ(r)≥BERn​{f∈star(F,0):T(f)≤r}.

Then for every K>1K > 1K>1 and x>0x > 0x>0, with probability at least 1−e−x1 - e^{-x}1−e−x,

∀f∈FPf≤max⁡{Pnf,KK−1Pnf}+7.04 KBr∗+x (21(b−a)+6.4 BK)n,\forall f \in \mathcal F \qquad Pf \le \max\Big\{P_n f, \frac{K}{K-1} P_n f\Big\} + \frac{7.04\,K}{B} r^* + \frac{x\,(21(b-a) + 6.4\,BK)}{n},∀f∈FPf≤max{Pn​f,K−1K​Pn​f}+B7.04K​r∗+nx(21(b−a)+6.4BK)​,

and, with probability at least 1−e−x1 - e^{-x}1−e−x,

∀f∈FPnf≤K+1KPf+7.04 KBr∗+x (21(b−a)+6.4 BK)n.\forall f \in \mathcal F \qquad P_n f \le \frac{K+1}{K} Pf + \frac{7.04\,K}{B} r^* + \frac{x\,(21(b-a) + 6.4\,BK)}{n}.∀f∈FPn​f≤KK+1​Pf+B7.04K​r∗+nx(21(b−a)+6.4BK)​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.2 (p. 10): a nontrivial sub-root function is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), has a unique positive fixed point r∗r^*r∗, and r≥ψ(r)r \ge \psi(r)r≥ψ(r) iff r≥r∗r \ge r^*r≥r∗.
  2. Sub-root growth (p. 16): ψ(βr)≤β ψ(r)\psi(\beta r) \le \sqrt{\beta}\,\psi(r)ψ(βr)≤β​ψ(r) for β≥1\beta \ge 1β≥1 and r≥0r \ge 0r≥0; at the fixed point it gives ψ(r)≤rr∗\psi(r) \le \sqrt{r r^*}ψ(r)≤rr∗​ for r≥r∗r \ge r^*r≥r∗.
  3. Containment (p. 17): G~r={rf/(T(f)∨r):f∈F}⊂{f∈star⁡(F,0):T(f)≤r}\tilde{\mathcal G}_r = \{ r f/(T(f) \vee r) : f \in \mathcal F\} \subset \{ f \in \operatorname{star}(\mathcal F, 0) : T(f) \le r\}G~​r​={rf/(T(f)∨r):f∈F}⊂{f∈star(F,0):T(f)≤r}, and hence ERnG~r≤ψ(r)/B\mathbb E R_n \tilde{\mathcal G}_r \le \psi(r)/BERn​G~​r​≤ψ(r)/B.
  4. Theorem 2.1, first part (p. 8): the concentration inequality for sup⁡f(Pf−Pnf)\sup_{f}(Pf - P_n f)supf​(Pf−Pn​f) in terms of ERnF\mathbb E R_n \mathcal FERn​F, a variance bound and (b−a)(b-a)(b−a); an existing platform statement.
  5. The largest-root bound (p. 16) for Ar+C=r/(λBK)A\sqrt r + C = r/(\lambda BK)Ar​+C=r/(λBK); an existing platform statement.
  6. Lemma 3.8, third and fourth claims (pp. 14–15): from sup⁡g∈G~r(Pg−Png)≤r/(BK)\sup_{g \in \tilde{\mathcal G}_r}(Pg - P_n g) \le r/(BK)supg∈G~​r​​(Pg−Pn​g)≤r/(BK) to the first bound of the goal, and symmetrically.
  7. Lemma A.3 (p. 34): u+v≤u+v\sqrt{u+v} \le \sqrt u + \sqrt vu+v​≤u​+v​ and 2uv≤αu+v/α2\sqrt{uv} \le \alpha u + v/\alpha2uv​≤αu+v/α.

Significance

The theorem replaces the global complexity sup⁡rψ(r)\sup_r \psi(r)supr​ψ(r) that a direct application of Talagrand's inequality would give by the fixed point r∗r^*r∗, which is never larger and is often much smaller. For a class with a Bernstein-type variance condition (T(f)=Pf2≤B PfT(f) = Pf^2 \le B\,PfT(f)=Pf2≤BPf, as for excess losses of empirical risk minimizers), r∗r^*r∗ is of order dlog⁡n/nd \log n / ndlogn/n for VC-type classes and of order of the eigenvalue tail for kernel classes, which yields the fast rates of the paper's Sections 4–6. The second part, formalized here, gives better constants than the first by working with the star-hull of the class, and it is the version the paper's later results (Theorem 4.1 and its corollaries) are built on.

On the formal side, nothing of local Rademacher theory is in Mathlib or, beyond the definitions reused here, on the platform. The concentration inequality used in the proof (Theorem 2.1, from Bousquet's form of Talagrand's inequality) is posed but unproved on the platform. A complete formalization would make the fixed-point machinery available to every fast-rate result built on it. The paper's printed constants for this statement are wrong (see below), so a machine-checked version also settles which constants the argument supports.

Difficulty

The obvious approach applies a concentration inequality directly to F\mathcal FF and bounds the complexity term by a single Rademacher average; this loses the variance information and gives only 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ rates. The localized argument needs a level rrr that is simultaneously above the fixed point and large enough that the deviation of the rescaled class G~r\tilde{\mathcal G}_rG~​r​ is at most r/(BK)r/(BK)r/(BK). Converting a bound on the rescaled class back into a bound on F\mathcal FF requires the multiplicative structure of T(f)≤B PfT(f) \le B\,PfT(f)≤BPf. The probabilistic core is Talagrand's concentration inequality for suprema of empirical processes with Bousquet's constants, whose proof (entropy method) is the main piece of missing infrastructure. Measurability of the suprema involved is a separate technical obstacle.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Functions are X → ℝ on a measurable space with a probability measure P; the sample is s : Fin n → X under the product measure, with n ≥ 1. PnfP_n fPn​f is empMean s f, EσRn\mathbb E_\sigma R_nEσ​Rn​ is empRademacher (the average over all 2n2^n2n sign vectors of a real supremum, without absolute value), ERn\mathbb E R_nERn​ is expRademacher, and IsSubRoot is Definition 3.1; these are reused published definitions.
  • Standing assumption. The paper assumes throughout that suprema of empirical processes are measurable (p. 7). This is encoded by taking F\mathcal FF countable with measurable members. Every expectation of an empirical Rademacher average comes with an integrability hypothesis, so it cannot hold through the junk value 000 of a non-integrable Bochner integral.
  • Added hypotheses, implicit on the page: B>0B > 0B>0, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, T≥0T \ge 0T≥0 on F\mathcal FF. The functional TTT is defined on all real functions; only its values on F\mathcal FF are constrained. The localization hypothesis is required only for r≥r∗r \ge r^*r≥r∗, as printed.
  • High-probability statements are two separate bounds on the (outer) product measure of the failure event "some f∈Ff \in \mathcal Ff∈F violates the inequality", each at most e−xe^{-x}e−x.
  • Corrections of the print. The page states the second part with c1=6c_1 = 6c1​=6, c2=5c_2 = 5c2​=5 and 11(b−a)11(b-a)11(b−a). Its proof, at the paper's α=1/10\alpha = 1/10α=1/10, gives c1=4(1+α)2+2(1+α)=7.04c_1 = 4(1+\alpha)^2 + 2(1+\alpha) = 7.04c1​=4(1+α)2+2(1+α)=7.04, c2=4(1+α)+2=6.4c_2 = 4(1+\alpha) + 2 = 6.4c2​=4(1+α)+2=6.4 and 623(b−a)≤21(b−a)\tfrac{62}{3}(b-a) \le 21(b-a)362​(b−a)≤21(b−a) (the display on p. 16 drops the factor 2 of the term 2C2C2C). The first claim's KK−1Pnf\frac{K}{K-1}P_n fK−1K​Pn​f holds only when Pnf≥0P_n f \ge 0Pn​f≥0 and is replaced by max⁡{Pnf,KK−1Pnf}\max\{P_n f, \frac{K}{K-1}P_n f\}max{Pn​f,K−1K​Pn​f}; Lemma 3.8's third claim is corrected the same way. Lemma 3.2's "continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" becomes (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), since 1{r>0}\mathbf 1\{r > 0\}1{r>0} is a nontrivial sub-root function discontinuous at 000. Part 1 of Theorem 3.3 is not stated.
  • No trivialization. The goal does not mention the proof's rescaled class, its suprema, or the auxiliary root r0r_0r0​; it is stated about F\mathcal FF, TTT, BBB, ψ\psiψ, r∗r^*r∗, the star-hull, PfPfPf and PnfP_n fPn​f only, and a sanity check exhibits an instance satisfying all its hypotheses.
  • Infrastructure needed and welcome: a proof of the referenced concentration inequality (Bousquet's version of Talagrand's inequality, with symmetrization); monotonicity and measurability lemmas for empRademacher; elementary sub-root calculus. The sub-root lemmas and the containment step are reusable by any later mission on local Rademacher complexities.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet, S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4) (2005) 1497–1537. arXiv:math/0508275, doi:10.1214/009053605000000282
  • O. Bousquet, A Bennett concentration inequality and its application to suprema of empirical processes, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 334 (2002) 495–500. MR1890640
  • V. Koltchinskii, D. Panchenko, Rademacher processes and bounding the risk of function learning, High Dimensional Probability II, Birkhäuser (2000) 443–459. MR1857339
  • P. Massart, Some applications of concentration inequalities to statistics, Ann. Fac. Sci. Toulouse Math. (6) 9 (2000) 245–303. MR1813803
  • G. Lugosi, M. Wegkamp, Complexity regularization via localized random penalties, Annals of Statistics 32 (2004) 1679–1697. MR2089138
  • V. Koltchinskii, Local Rademacher complexities and oracle inequalities in risk minimization, Annals of Statistics 34(6) (2006) 2593–2656. arXiv:0708.0083
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Wasserstein Profile Inference and Applications to Machine Learning 1: Square-Root LASSO Is Wasserstein DRO — the Worst-Case Squared Loss over D_c(P, P_n) ≤ δ Equals (√MSE_n(β) + √δ‖β‖_p)²Research Paper

Motivation

Regularized least squares is the standard tool of high-dimensional linear regression. The square-root LASSO of Belloni, Chernozhukov and Wang (Biometrika, 2011) minimizes MSEn(β)+λ∥β∥1\sqrt{\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta)} + \lambda\|\beta\|_1MSEn​(β)​+λ∥β∥1​. Unlike the LASSO, its optimal regularization parameter does not depend on the unknown noise level. Regularization is usually justified through sparsity or bias–variance arguments. Blanchet, Kang and Murthy (arXiv:1610.05627, J. Appl. Probab. 56(3), 2019) give a different justification. The square-root LASSO, and every ℓp\ell_pℓp​-penalized square-root least-squares estimator, is exactly a distributionally robust estimator. It minimizes the worst-case expected square loss over all data distributions within a given optimal-transport distance of the empirical distribution.

The rest of the paper builds on this representation: the radius of the transport ball is the regularization parameter, which the paper's Robust Wasserstein Profile function selects by a statistical criterion (mission 3 of this series). The duality theorem underneath, Proposition 1, is due to Blanchet and Murthy (Math. Oper. Res., 2019). Closely related representations for logistic regression appear in Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (NeurIPS 2015), where they are approximate. The cost function introduced in this paper makes them exact.

Setting

The training data are n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 pairs (X1,Y1),…,(Xn,Yn)(X_1, Y_1), \dots, (X_n, Y_n)(X1​,Y1​),…,(Xn​,Yn​) with predictors Xi∈RdX_i \in \mathbb R^dXi​∈Rd and responses Yi∈RY_i \in \mathbb RYi​∈R. No distributional assumption is made; the data are fixed vectors. The empirical distribution is Pn=1n∑i=1nδ(Xi,Yi)P_n = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n \delta_{(X_i, Y_i)}Pn​=n1​∑i=1n​δ(Xi​,Yi​)​. For β∈Rd\beta \in \mathbb R^dβ∈Rd the square loss is l(x,y;β)=(y−βTx)2l(x, y; \beta) = (y - \beta^T x)^2l(x,y;β)=(y−βTx)2 and the mean square error is MSEn(β)=1n∑i=1n(Yi−βTXi)2\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta) = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n (Y_i - \beta^T X_i)^2MSEn​(β)=n1​∑i=1n​(Yi​−βTXi​)2.

A cost function ccc assigns to two points z,wz, wz,w of Rd×R\mathbb R^d \times \mathbb RRd×R a value c(z,w)∈[0,∞]c(z, w) \in [0, \infty]c(z,w)∈[0,∞], the cost of moving a unit of mass from zzz to www. The optimal transport cost between probability measures PPP and QQQ is

Dc(P,Q)=inf⁡{Eπ[c(U,W)]:π a probability measure on pairs (U,W), πU=P, πW=Q}.(7)D_c(P, Q) = \inf\Big\{ \mathbb E_\pi[c(U, W)] : \pi \text{ a probability measure on pairs } (U, W),\ \pi_U = P,\ \pi_W = Q \Big\}. \qquad (7)Dc​(P,Q)=inf{Eπ​[c(U,W)]:π a probability measure on pairs (U,W), πU​=P, πW​=Q}.(7)

The worst-case expected loss at radius δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 is sup⁡P:Dc(P,Pn)≤δEP[l(X,Y;β)]\sup_{P : D_c(P, P_n) \le \delta} \mathbb E_P[l(X, Y; \beta)]supP:Dc​(P,Pn​)≤δ​EP​[l(X,Y;β)], and the distributionally robust regression problem (8) minimizes it over β\betaβ.

Two costs are used. With q∈(1,∞]q \in (1, \infty]q∈(1,∞]:

  • the squared ℓq\ell_qℓq​ cost on Rd+1\mathbb R^{d+1}Rd+1, c((x,y),(u,v))=∥(x,y)−(u,v)∥q2c((x, y), (u, v)) = \|(x, y) - (u, v)\|_q^2c((x,y),(u,v))=∥(x,y)−(u,v)∥q2​ (Proposition 2);
  • the cost Nq2N_q^2Nq2​, where (14) Nq((x,y),(u,v))=∥x−u∥qN_q((x, y), (u, v)) = \|x - u\|_qNq​((x,y),(u,v))=∥x−u∥q​ if y=vy = vy=v and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise. Under this cost the responses cannot be moved, and only the predictors are perturbed (Theorem 1).

The exponent ppp is the dual of qqq, 1/p+1/q=11/p + 1/q = 11/p+1/q=1, and βˉ=(−β,1)\bar\beta = (-\beta, 1)βˉ​=(−β,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 11)

For the cost c=Nq2c = N_q^2c=Nq2​, every δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 and every β∈Rd\beta \in \mathbb R^dβ∈Rd,

sup⁡P: Dc(P,Pn)≤δEP[(Y−βTX)2]=(MSEn(β)+δ ∥β∥p)2,\sup_{P :\, D_c(P, P_n) \le \delta} \mathbb E_P\big[(Y - \beta^T X)^2\big] = \Big(\sqrt{\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta)} + \sqrt\delta\,\|\beta\|_p\Big)^2 ,P:Dc​(P,Pn​)≤δsup​EP​[(Y−βTX)2]=(MSEn​(β)​+δ​∥β∥p​)2,

and consequently

inf⁡β∈Rdsup⁡P: Dc(P,Pn)≤δEP[(Y−βTX)2]=inf⁡β∈Rd(MSEn(β)+δ ∥β∥p)2.\inf_{\beta \in \mathbb R^d} \sup_{P :\, D_c(P, P_n) \le \delta} \mathbb E_P\big[(Y - \beta^T X)^2\big] = \inf_{\beta \in \mathbb R^d} \Big(\sqrt{\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta)} + \sqrt\delta\,\|\beta\|_p\Big)^2 .β∈Rdinf​P:Dc​(P,Pn​)≤δsup​EP​[(Y−βTX)2]=β∈Rdinf​(MSEn​(β)​+δ​∥β∥p​)2.

The second identity is the printed theorem; the first is what its proof establishes for each β\betaβ. The goal states both.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 10): strong duality. For a lower semicontinuous cost vanishing on the diagonal, an upper semicontinuous loss and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, the worst-case expected loss equals min⁡γ≥0{γδ+1n∑iφγ(Xi,Yi)}\min_{\gamma \ge 0} \{\gamma\delta + \frac1n \sum_i \varphi_\gamma(X_i, Y_i)\}minγ≥0​{γδ+n1​∑i​φγ​(Xi​,Yi​)}, with φγ(z)=sup⁡u{l(u)−γc(u,z)}\varphi_\gamma(z) = \sup_u \{l(u) - \gamma c(u, z)\}φγ​(z)=supu​{l(u)−γc(u,z)} (11).
  2. (28) (pp. 28–29): the closed form of φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ for the square loss and the squared ℓq\ell_qℓq​ cost.
  3. (29) and the display after it (p. 29): inf⁡γ>b2{γδ+γγ−b2M}=(M+bδ)2\inf_{\gamma > b^2} \{\gamma\delta + \frac{\gamma}{\gamma - b^2} M\} = (\sqrt M + b\sqrt\delta)^2infγ>b2​{γδ+γ−b2γ​M}=(M​+bδ​)2 for M,b,δ≥0M, b, \delta \ge 0M,b,δ≥0.
  4. Proposition 2 (p. 10): the analogue of the goal for the squared ℓq\ell_qℓq​ cost, with ∥βˉ∥p\|\bar\beta\|_p∥βˉ​∥p​ in place of ∥β∥p\|\beta\|_p∥β∥p​ (13).
  5. Outline of the proof of Theorem 1, last display (p. 29): the closed form of φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ for the cost Nq2N_q^2Nq2​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 identifies ℓp\ell_pℓp​-penalized square-root least squares with a min–max problem over data distributions. For q=∞q = \inftyq=∞, p=1p = 1p=1 the minimizers are those of the square-root LASSO with λ=δ\lambda = \sqrt\deltaλ=δ​. The regularization parameter therefore acquires a meaning: it is the square root of the transport budget an adversary may spend perturbing the predictors. This is the basis of the paper's choice of δ\deltaδ by the Robust Wasserstein Profile function (§4), and of the interpretation of regularized estimators as robust to covariate perturbations. Proposition 2 shows that letting the adversary also move the responses changes the penalty to ∥(−β,1)∥p\|(-\beta, 1)\|_p∥(−β,1)∥p​, which is why the label-preserving cost NqN_qNq​ is needed for an exact match.

Formalizing it. All results are proved on paper; none is formalized. A complete development gives a machine-checked strong-duality theorem for optimal-transport balls with possibly infinite costs (Proposition 1), two explicit worst-case computations, and corrected boundary cases of the closed forms (28) and the outline display, which print +∞+\infty+∞ for all γ≤∥βˉ∥p2\gamma \le \|\bar\beta\|_p^2γ≤∥βˉ​∥p2​ although the value can be finite at equality. The corrections do not affect the theorems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails in two places. The first is the duality step: the supremum ranges over all Borel probability measures on Rd+1\mathbb R^{d+1}Rd+1 within transport cost δ\deltaδ, an infinite-dimensional set that is not compact in any convenient topology, with a loss that is unbounded above. Exchanging the supremum with the Lagrange multiplier of the budget constraint is Proposition 1, a theorem in its own right (Blanchet–Murthy), and its attainment claim needs δ>0\delta > 0δ>0.

The second is the cost NqN_qNq​, which is +∞+\infty+∞ off {y=v}\{y = v\}{y=v}, so the standard Wasserstein duality theorems, which assume a finite metric cost, do not apply. The degenerate cases β=0\beta = 0β=0, MSEn(β)=0\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta) = 0MSEn​(β)=0, δ=0\delta = 0δ=0, where the objective in γ\gammaγ does not blow up at both ends, must be covered separately.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. A data point is a pair in (Fin d → ℝ) × ℝ with the product σ-algebra and topology. Proposition 2's cost uses the stacked vector in Fin (d+1) → ℝ (response last, built with Fin.snoc), and βˉ\bar\betaβˉ​ is the stacked vector of (−β,1)(-\beta, 1)(−β,1).
  • Norms. ∥⋅∥q\|\cdot\|_q∥⋅∥q​ and ∥⋅∥p\|\cdot\|_p∥⋅∥p​ are the norms of PiLp, with exponents in ℝ≥0∞, so q=∞q = \inftyq=∞ (the square-root LASSO case) is included. The exponents are linked by p.HolderConjugate q, and q∈(1,∞]q \in (1, \infty]q∈(1,∞] throughout. Theorem 1 does not print a range for qqq; the range is taken from Proposition 2, which the paper calls essentially the same result.
  • Transport cost and worst case. Costs are ℝ≥0∞-valued, and DcD_cDc​ is an infimum over probability couplings with both marginals fixed. Expectations of the nonnegative losses are lower Lebesgue integrals, and the worst case is a supremum in ℝ≥0∞ over all probability measures in the ball. No integrability side condition removes measures from the ball. Identities with a real right-hand side are stated after embedding it with ENNReal.ofReal.
  • The empirical distribution is the published definition WassersteinDRO.Regularization.empiricalDistribution, applied to i↦(Xi,Yi)i \mapsto (X_i, Y_i)i↦(Xi​,Yi​), with n>0n > 0n>0.
  • φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​. A point at infinite cost contributes −∞-\infty−∞ for every γ≥0\gamma \ge 0γ≥0, including γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0, as in the paper's treatment of NqN_qNq​. With the convention 0⋅∞=00 \cdot \infty = 00⋅∞=0 instead, Proposition 1's minimum would not be attained for the cost Nq2N_q^2Nq2​ at β=0\beta = 0β=0.
  • Proposition 1 is stated for a nonnegative loss and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0; both are restrictions of the page, recorded in the item.
  • Corrections. (28) and the outline display are stated with their corrected boundary cases. The one-dimensional lemma behind (29) is stated as a greatest lower bound over γ>b2\gamma > b^2γ>b2, including b=0b = 0b=0, M=0M = 0M=0, δ=0\delta = 0δ=0.

A formalization in which the transport infimum did not fix both marginals, allowed sub-probability couplings, or used a Bochner integral would make the worst case trivially +∞+\infty+∞ or 000. The conventions above rule this out: at δ=0\delta = 0δ=0 the ball is {Pn}\{P_n\}{Pn​} and both sides of the goal equal MSEn(β)\mathrm{MSE}_n(\beta)MSEn​(β).

The work needs Kantorovich-type duality for lower semicontinuous costs on Rm\mathbb R^mRm (absent from Mathlib), Hölder's inequality with its equality case for PiLp, and elementary one-variable optimization. The duality theorem and the transport-cost definition are reusable beyond this mission: mission 2 of this series (classification) uses Proposition 1 with the cost NqN_qNq​, ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1. Contributions that prove Proposition 1, or its weak-duality half, are particularly welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet, Y. Kang, K. Murthy, Robust Wasserstein Profile Inference and Applications to Machine Learning, J. Appl. Probab. 56(3), 2019; arXiv:1610.05627v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.05627
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Math. Oper. Res. 44(2), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • A. Belloni, V. Chernozhukov, L. Wang, Square-root lasso: pivotal recovery of sparse signals via conic programming, Biometrika 98(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/asr043
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Distributionally robust logistic regression, NeurIPS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1509.09259
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results 4: A Fixed Boolean Combination of k Classes Has Gaussian Complexity at Most 2 Σ_j G_n(F_j)Research Paper

Motivation

Data-dependent risk bounds in statistical learning replace combinatorial quantities such as the VC dimension with averages of how well a function class can fit random noise on the observed sample. Bartlett and Mendelson's article (JMLR 3, 2002) established these averages, the Rademacher and Gaussian complexities, as a general tool: a risk bound (their Theorem 8) holds with a complexity penalty, and the complexity of a complicated class can be bounded through structural results that relate it to the complexities of simpler classes.

This mission formalizes two of those structural results, both stated for Gaussian complexities. The first (Theorem 14) controls a Lipschitz function of several real-valued classes at once, the vector-valued analogue of the classical contraction principle. The second (Theorem 16) controls an arbitrary fixed boolean combination of classes of classifiers, such as intersections, unions or majority votes of a fixed number of base classifiers, by the sum of the complexities of the components. Such combinations arise whenever a classifier is assembled from simpler ones, for instance in decision lists, small decision trees over a base class, or voting schemes.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a set, μ\muμ a probability measure on it, and n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 a sample size. For a class FFF of functions X→R\mathcal X \to \mathbb RX→R and a sample x=(x1,…,xn)x = (x_1, \dots, x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​), the empirical Gaussian complexity is

G^n(F)(x)=E[sup⁡f∈F∣2n∑i=1ngif(xi)∣],\hat G_n(F)(x) = \mathbb E\left[\sup_{f\in F}\left|\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^n g_i f(x_i)\right|\right],G^n​(F)(x)=E[f∈Fsup​​n2​i=1∑n​gi​f(xi​)​],

with g1,…,gng_1, \dots, g_ng1​,…,gn​ independent standard Gaussian N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) variables, and the Gaussian complexity is Gn(F)=E G^n(F)(X1,…,Xn)G_n(F) = \mathbb E\, \hat G_n(F)(X_1, \dots, X_n)Gn​(F)=EG^n​(F)(X1​,…,Xn​) for X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ i.i.d. with law μ\muμ (Definition 2, p. 464). In Lean these are empiricalGaussian n F x and gaussianComplexity μ n F.

Three constructions of classes appear.

  • Direct sum. With A=Rm\mathcal A = \mathbb R^mA=Rm carrying the Euclidean distance, a class FFF of maps X→A\mathcal X \to \mathcal AX→A is a subset of the direct sum of real classes F1,…,FmF_1, \dots, F_mF1​,…,Fm​ when each f∈Ff \in Ff∈F is x↦(f1(x),…,fm(x))x \mapsto (f_1(x), \dots, f_m(x))x↦(f1​(x),…,fm​(x)) with fi∈Fif_i \in F_ifi​∈Fi​ (SubsetDirectSum F Fi).
  • Composition. For ϕ:Y×A→R\phi : \mathcal Y \times \mathcal A \to \mathbb Rϕ:Y×A→R, ϕ∘f\phi \circ fϕ∘f is (x,y)↦ϕ(y,f(x))(x, y) \mapsto \phi(y, f(x))(x,y)↦ϕ(y,f(x)) and ϕ∘F\phi\circ Fϕ∘F collects these (compClass φ F).
  • Boolean combination. For g:{±1}k→{±1}g : \{\pm1\}^k \to \{\pm1\}g:{±1}k→{±1} and classes F1,…,FkF_1, \dots, F_kF1​,…,Fk​ of {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}-valued functions, g(F1,…,Fk)={x↦g(f1(x),…,fk(x)):fj∈Fj}g(F_1, \dots, F_k) = \{x \mapsto g(f_1(x), \dots, f_k(x)) : f_j \in F_j\}g(F1​,…,Fk​)={x↦g(f1​(x),…,fk​(x)):fj​∈Fj​} (boolComb g F).

A centred Gaussian process indexed by a finite set III is a family (Xi)i∈I(X_i)_{i \in I}(Xi​)i∈I​ of real random variables whose finite-dimensional laws are jointly Gaussian with mean zero; ∥Xi−Xj∥2=(E(Xi−Xj)2)1/2\|X_i - X_j\|_2 = (\mathbb E(X_i - X_j)^2)^{1/2}∥Xi​−Xj​∥2​=(E(Xi​−Xj​)2)1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 16 (p. 472)

For a fixed boolean function g:{±1}k→{±1}g : \{\pm1\}^k \to \{\pm1\}g:{±1}k→{±1} with k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and classes F1,…,FkF_1, \dots, F_kF1​,…,Fk​ of {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}-valued functions,

Gn(g(F1,…,Fk))≤2∑j=1kGn(Fj).G_n\bigl(g(F_1, \dots, F_k)\bigr) \le 2 \sum_{j=1}^k G_n(F_j).Gn​(g(F1​,…,Fk​))≤2j=1∑k​Gn​(Fj​).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 13 (p. 471), the comparison of Gaussian processes as printed: if ∥Xi−Xj∥2≤∥Yi−Yj∥2\|X_i - X_j\|_2 \le \|Y_i - Y_j\|_2∥Xi​−Xj​∥2​≤∥Yi​−Yj​∥2​ for all i,ji, ji,j, then Esup⁡iXi≤2 Esup⁡iYi\mathbb E\sup_i X_i \le 2\,\mathbb E\sup_i Y_iEsupi​Xi​≤2Esupi​Yi​.
  2. Theorem 14 (p. 471): if each ϕ(y,⋅)\phi(y, \cdot)ϕ(y,⋅) is LLL-Lipschitz for the Euclidean distance, passes through the origin, and ϕ\phiϕ is uniformly bounded, then for every sample (xk,yk)k≤n(x_k, y_k)_{k \le n}(xk​,yk​)k≤n​,
G^n(ϕ∘F)≤2L∑i=1mG^n(Fi).\hat G_n(\phi \circ F) \le 2L \sum_{i=1}^m \hat G_n(F_i).G^n​(ϕ∘F)≤2Li=1∑m​G^n​(Fi​).
  1. The extension of ggg (proof of Theorem 16, p. 472): g(x)=(1−∥x−a∥)g(a)g(x) = (1 - \|x - a\|)g(a)g(x)=(1−∥x−a∥)g(a) when ∥x−a∥<1\|x - a\| < 1∥x−a∥<1 for a cube vertex aaa, and 000 otherwise, is well defined, extends ggg, maps into [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1], vanishes at 000 and is 111-Lipschitz.

Significance

Theorem 16 turns any bound on the Gaussian complexity of base classes into a bound for a fixed boolean combination of them, at the cost of a factor 222 on the sum of their complexities, whatever ggg and kkk are. Together with the comparison between Gaussian and Rademacher complexities (Lemma 4 of the paper) and the risk bound of Theorem 8, it yields generalization bounds for classifiers built as combinations of base classifiers. Theorem 14 is the general tool: it handles any Lipschitz loss of a vector-valued predictor, such as multiclass margins, through the complexities of its coordinate classes.

All three results are proved in the paper (Lemma 13 is classical and cited from Pisier). None of them is formalized on Prove2Me; the finite-dimensional Sudakov–Fernique inequality, with constant 111, is (HighDimProb.RandomProcesses.sudakov_fernique_finite_dim). This mission produces machine-checked versions of the vector contraction for Gaussian averages and of the boolean-combination bound, and records the corrections the printed statements need.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to Theorem 14 compares two Gaussian processes indexed by the class, but Definition 2 takes the supremum of an absolute value scaled by 2/n2/n2/n, while Gaussian comparison inequalities bound the expected supremum of the process itself. The printed proof equates the two; done carefully, the comparison with the printed constant 222 of Lemma 13 gives only 4L4L4L. Reaching the printed 2L2L2L requires a comparison with constant 111 and an argument that handles the absolute value. A second difficulty is that the classes may be infinite and unbounded, so expected suprema must be handled as extended-valued quantities, and the reduction to finite classes ("without loss of generality") must be justified. For Theorem 16 the extension of ggg must be checked to be Lipschitz across the boundaries of the tents in the Euclidean, not the sup, norm.

Formalization scope

The source is the published JMLR article (vol. 3, 2002, pp. 463–482), not the COLT 2001 version, whose numbering differs.

  • Complexities in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. G^n\hat G_nG^n​ and GnG_nGn​ are lower Lebesgue integrals of an ENNReal supremum against N(0,1)⊗nN(0,1)^{\otimes n}N(0,1)⊗n and μ⊗n\mu^{\otimes n}μ⊗n. An unbounded class has complexity +∞+\infty+∞; a real-valued supremum or Bochner integral would silently return 000 there and make the upper bounds false, so that encoding is ruled out. No finiteness or boundedness of any class is assumed.
  • A=Rm\mathcal A = \mathbb R^mA=Rm is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m), so "Lipschitz" refers to the Euclidean distance as printed. Using Fin m → ℝ (the sup distance) would change the theorem.
  • {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1} is encoded as Z×\mathbb Z^\timesZ× coerced to R\mathbb RR.
  • Lemma 13: centred processes added. As printed the lemma is false: Xi≡5X_i \equiv 5Xi​≡5, Yi≡0Y_i \equiv 0Yi​≡0 satisfy the hypothesis. Both processes are assumed mean zero, as in Slepian's lemma. The two processes may live on different probability spaces; the index set is any finite nonempty type. The constant 222 is kept as printed.
  • Theorem 14: printed proof loose, statement kept. The constant 2L2L2L is kept as printed; the statement is true via the constant-111 comparison. The uniform-boundedness hypothesis on ϕ\phiϕ is kept as printed although the extended-valued formulation does not need it.
  • Theorem 16 and the extension: k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 added. For k=0k = 0k=0 the boolean function is a constant ±1\pm1±1, the right side is 000, and the left side is E2n∣∑igi∣>0\mathbb E\frac2n|\sum_i g_i| > 0En2​∣∑i​gi​∣>0; also the extension would have g(0)=±1g(0) = \pm1g(0)=±1.
  • Theorem 16: measurability guard. Each G^n(Fj)\hat G_n(F_j)G^n​(Fj​) is assumed almost-everywhere measurable as a function of the sample, so that the expectation of ∑jG^n(Fj)\sum_j \hat G_n(F_j)∑j​G^n​(Fj​) is the sum of the expectations. The paper does not discuss measurability.

A complete development needs Gaussian comparison for finite index sets (available on the platform), the reduction from infinite to finite classes for extended-valued suprema, and elementary Euclidean geometry of the cube. The first two are reusable for every Gaussian-average argument in learning theory. Proofs of any milestone, and of the constant-111 variant of Lemma 13 transported between probability spaces, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian Complexities: Risk Bounds and Structural Results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3 (2002), 463–482. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/bartlett02a.html
  • G. Pisier, The Volume of Convex Bodies and Banach Space Geometry, Cambridge University Press, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511662454
  • M. Ledoux, M. Talagrand, Probability in Banach Spaces: Isoperimetry and Processes, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-20212-4
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning: The L2-Regularized Feature-Based Newsvendor Rule Generalizes with a Bound Free of the Number of FeaturesResearch Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic model of inventory under uncertain demand. A decision maker orders qqq units before demand DDD is observed, and pays a unit backordering cost bbb for each unit of unmet demand and a unit holding cost hhh for each unit left over. When the demand distribution is known, the optimal order is a quantile of it. In practice the distribution is unknown and the decision maker holds historical data, often including features: observable covariates such as the day of the week, the weather or a recent sales trend, recorded alongside each past demand.

Rudin and Vahn (MIT Sloan Working Paper 5036-13, version of February 6, 2014, from MIT DSpace; published as Ban and Rudin, Operations Research 67(1), 2019, doi:10.1287/opre.2018.1757) propose to learn the order quantity directly as a linear function of the features, by minimizing the empirical newsvendor cost over the training data, with or without a regularization penalty. Their question is the one any data-driven decision rule must answer: how much worse can the learned rule do on new data than it did on the data it was fitted to? When the number of features ppp is comparable to the sample size nnn ("big data"), a bound that grows with ppp says nothing, and the paper's Theorem 2 gives one for the regularized rule that does not depend on ppp.

This mission formalizes that bound, Theorem 2 of the working paper, together with the results its proof is assembled from. All page and result numbers refer to the 2014 working paper, not to the published article.

Setting

Cost. For an order qqq and a demand ddd, the newsvendor cost is

C(q;d)=b (d−q)++h (q−d)+,b,h>0.C(q;d)=b\,(d-q)^+ + h\,(q-d)^+ ,\qquad b,h>0 .C(q;d)=b(d−q)++h(q−d)+,b,h>0.

Write b∨h=max⁡(b,h)b\vee h=\max(b,h)b∨h=max(b,h).

Data. A data point is a pair z=(x,d)z=(x,d)z=(x,d) of a feature vector x∈Rpx\in\mathbb R^px∈Rp and a demand d∈Rd\in\mathbb Rd∈R. Features lie in a domain X\mathcal XX inside the ball ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡2\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}^2∥x∥22​≤Xmax2​, and demands lie in D=[0,Dˉ]\mathcal D=[0,\bar D]D=[0,Dˉ]. A sample Sn={(xi,di)}i=1nS_n=\{(x_i,d_i)\}_{i=1}^nSn​={(xi​,di​)}i=1n​ consists of nnn independent draws from an unknown probability distribution μ\muμ concentrated on X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D.

Rules and risks. A vector q∈Rpq\in\mathbb R^pq∈Rp defines the linear decision rule q(x)=q⊤xq(x)=q^\top xq(x)=q⊤x. Its true risk and empirical risk are

Rtrue(q)=E(x,d)∼μ[C(q⊤x;d)],R^(q;Sn)=1n∑i=1nC(q⊤xi;di).R_{true}(q)=\mathbb E_{(x,d)\sim\mu}\bigl[C(q^\top x;d)\bigr],\qquad \hat R(q;S_n)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n C(q^\top x_i;d_i).Rtrue​(q)=E(x,d)∼μ​[C(q⊤x;d)],R^(q;Sn​)=n1​i=1∑n​C(q⊤xi​;di​).

The regularized algorithm (NV-reg). For a parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the rule q^=q^(Sn)\hat q=\hat q(S_n)q^​=q^​(Sn​) minimizes

R^(q;Sn)+λ∥q∥22over q∈Rp.\hat R(q;S_n)+\lambda\|q\|_2^2\qquad\text{over } q\in\mathbb R^p .R^(q;Sn​)+λ∥q∥22​over q∈Rp.

The objective is strictly convex, so the minimizer is unique. Following Appendix B of the paper, the rules the algorithm outputs on samples from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D are assumed to map X\mathcal XX into D\mathcal DD (the paper's Q⊂DX\mathcal Q\subset\mathcal D^{\mathcal X}Q⊂DX): the learned order quantity is never negative and never exceeds the demand cap.

Uniform stability. An algorithm is uniformly stable with parameter αn\alpha_nαn​ if removing one observation from any sample changes the loss of its output at any test point by at most αn\alpha_nαn​ (Bousquet and Elisseeff's Definition 6, the paper's Definition 1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 9)

For every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1) and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over SnS_nSn​,

∣Rtrue(q^)−R^(q^;Sn)∣≤(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2nλ+(2(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2λ+(b∨h)Dˉ)ln⁡(2/δ)2n.|R_{true}(\hat q)-\hat R(\hat q;S_n)|\le\frac{(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2}{n\lambda}+\Bigl(\frac{2(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2}{\lambda}+(b\vee h)\bar D\Bigr)\sqrt{\frac{\ln(2/\delta)}{2n}} .∣Rtrue​(q^​)−R^(q^​;Sn​)∣≤nλ(b∨h)2Xmax2​​+(λ2(b∨h)2Xmax2​​+(b∨h)Dˉ)2nln(2/δ)​​.

The dimension ppp appears nowhere in the bound.

Milestones, in the order of the proof (p. 32)

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 28). For q,d∈[0,Dˉ]q,d\in[0,\bar D]q,d∈[0,Dˉ], ∣C(q;d)∣≤(b∨h)Dˉ|C(q;d)|\le(b\vee h)\bar D∣C(q;d)∣≤(b∨h)Dˉ, and the bound is attained.
  2. Display (31) (p. 31). CCC is convex in its first argument and (b∨h)(b\vee h)(b∨h)-Lipschitz in it, i.e. (b∨h)(b\vee h)(b∨h)-admissible in the sense of Definition 2.
  3. Theorem 5 (p. 31), Bousquet and Elisseeff's Theorem 22: regularization in a reproducing kernel Hilbert space with a σ\sigmaσ-admissible loss and kernel bound κ2\kappa^2κ2 has uniform stability σ2κ2/(2λn)\sigma^2\kappa^2/(2\lambda n)σ2κ2/(2λn). This is an existing platform statement, referenced rather than restated.
  4. Theorem 4 (p. 30). (NV-reg) is uniformly stable with parameter αnr=(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2/(2nλ)\alpha_n^r=(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2/(2n\lambda)αnr​=(b∨h)2Xmax2​/(2nλ).
  5. Theorem 6 (p. 31). Any algorithm with uniform stability αn\alpha_nαn​ and loss in [0,M][0,M][0,M] satisfies, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,
∣Rtrue(A,Sn)−R^(A,Sn)∣≤2αn+(4nαn+M)ln⁡(2/δ)2n.|R_{true}(A,S_n)-\hat R(A,S_n)|\le2\alpha_n+(4n\alpha_n+M)\sqrt{\frac{\ln(2/\delta)}{2n}} .∣Rtrue​(A,Sn​)−R^(A,Sn​)∣≤2αn​+(4nαn​+M)2nln(2/δ)​​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 bounds the generalization gap of the regularized feature-based newsvendor rule at rate O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) with constants that depend on the costs, the demand cap, the feature radius and λ\lambdaλ, but not on the number of features. It gives a theoretical basis for regularizing when p/np/np/n is not small, and it indicates how to scale λ\lambdaλ with the feature radius. The companion bound for the unregularized rule (Theorem 1) grows linearly in ppp.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, but its proof is short and relies on cited results: Theorem 5 and Theorem 6 are stated with references to Bousquet and Elisseeff and no proof of their own, and the paper's Theorem 6 is a two-sided variant of Bousquet and Elisseeff's Theorem 12 that is only sketched. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked two-sided stability-to-generalization theorem for general algorithms (reusable for any stable learner), a checked stability bound for a regularized piecewise-linear loss, and the newsvendor bound itself, with the constants the proof actually supports.

Difficulty

The bound is not a uniform-convergence argument: the class of linear rules on Rp\mathbb R^pRp has complexity growing with ppp, so any bound that holds simultaneously for all rules in the class depends on ppp. The bound must exploit the specific rule produced by the algorithm. The two analytic steps that carry this are the stability of the regularized minimizer, which needs a strong-convexity comparison between the full and the leave-one-out objective, and a concentration inequality of bounded-differences type for a function of the whole sample whose differences are controlled only through stability.

The leave-one-out comparison is a known pitfall. If the leave-one-out problem is run literally on n−1n-1n−1 points it carries the weight 1/(n−1)1/(n-1)1/(n−1), and the comparison argument then gives twice the constant of Theorem 4. The stated constant holds for the leave-one-out objective that keeps the weight 1/n1/n1/n, which is the form of Theorem 5.

Formalization scope

Representation. Features are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), rules are vectors acting by the inner product, and data points live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) × ℝ. The cost is the published newsboy loss with overage cost hhh and underage cost bbb; the empirical and true risks are the published empirical and generalization errors, and the (NV-reg) objective and its 1/n1/n1/n-weighted leave-one-out version are the published regularized objectives of Bousquet and Elisseeff. The regularizer is λ∥q∥22\lambda\|q\|_2^2λ∥q∥22​ (the display prints both λ∥q∥22\lambda\|q\|_2^2λ∥q∥22​ and λ∥q∥2\lambda\|q\|_2λ∥q∥2​; the text calls the problem a quadratic program). "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is stated as: the event on which the gap exceeds the bound has measure at most δ\deltaδ under the product measure μn\mu^nμn.

Standing assumptions and pinned hypotheses.

  1. b,h,λ>0b,h,\lambda>0b,h,λ>0, Xmax⁡,Dˉ≥0X_{\max},\bar D\ge0Xmax​,Dˉ≥0, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1).
  2. μ\muμ is a probability measure giving full mass to X×[0,Dˉ]\mathcal X\times[0,\bar D]X×[0,Dˉ], with ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡2\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}^2∥x∥22​≤Xmax2​ on X\mathcal XX (§3, p. 9; the page writes the ball as ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}∥x∥22​≤Xmax​, while Theorem 2's "Xmax⁡2X_{\max}^2Xmax2​ as the largest possible value of ∥x∥22\|x\|_2^2∥x∥22​" and Theorem 5's note fix the reading).
  3. The algorithm is any map Sn↦q^(Sn)S_n\mapsto\hat q(S_n)Sn​↦q^​(Sn​) whose value minimizes the (NV-reg) objective, measurable in SnS_nSn​ (Appendix B: "all functions are measurable").
  4. The range assumption of Appendix B: for samples from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D, q^⊤x∈[0,Dˉ]\hat q^\top x\in[0,\bar D]q^​⊤x∈[0,Dˉ] for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X.
  5. The last constant is (b∨h)Dˉ(b\vee h)\bar D(b∨h)Dˉ, the loss bound MMM from Lemma 5 that the proof feeds into Theorem 6; display (6) prints Dˉ\bar DDˉ there.
  6. The convention that all sets are countable, and the intercept convention x1=1x^1=1x1=1, are not imposed.

Trivializing formalization ruled out. The range assumption is quantified only over feature vectors in X\mathcal XX and over samples drawn from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D; stated over the whole ball ∥x∥2≤Xmax⁡\|x\|_2\le X_{\max}∥x∥2​≤Xmax​, it would force q^=0\hat q=0q^​=0 (both q^⊤x\hat q^\top xq^​⊤x and q^⊤(−x)\hat q^\top(-x)q^​⊤(−x) would lie in [0,Dˉ][0,\bar D][0,Dˉ]) and the goal would be nearly empty.

What is needed and reusable. McDiarmid's two-sided bounded-differences inequality under product measures; integrability of bounded measurable losses; existence and properties of minimizers of strongly convex objectives on Rp\mathbb R^pRp; the comparison argument behind Theorem 5. Theorem 6 is stated for an arbitrary data space and hypothesis space and is reusable for any uniformly stable algorithm. Contributions to the Theorem 5 reference and to McDiarmid's inequality benefit other missions as well.

Selected references

  • C. Rudin and G.-Y. Vahn, The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning, MIT Sloan School Working Paper 5036-13, version of February 6, 2014 (MIT DSpace). The version formalized here.
  • G.-Y. Ban and C. Rudin, The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning, Operations Research 67(1):90–108, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1757
  • O. Bousquet and A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2:499–526, 2002. https://jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, Surveys in Combinatorics, London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Series 141, 148–188, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107359949.008
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior 3: The Conditional Logit Likelihood Has a Maximum Exactly When No Direction Makes Every Observed Choice Weakly BestResearch Paper

Motivation

The conditional logit model is the workhorse of discrete choice analysis in transportation, marketing, labour and industrial organization. McFadden's 1974 chapter derived it from a theory of population choice behaviour and showed how to estimate it by maximum likelihood; this line of work was recognized by his 2000 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences, awarded for theory and methods of discrete choice analysis. Every applied logit estimation rests on a basic question: does the maximum likelihood estimate exist for the sample at hand? In small samples it may not. When one alternative is always chosen whenever it is available, the likelihood keeps increasing as a parameter tends to infinity, and numerical optimizers report diverging coefficients. This failure is known in the binary case as complete or quasi-complete separation. McFadden's Lemma 3 gives the exact condition, for the multinomial conditional logit model with general alternative sets, under which a maximizer exists.

Timeline. Berkson (1951, 1955) popularized binomial logit; multinomial versions were developed by Gurland (1960), Bloch (1967), Rassam (1971), McFadden (1968) and Theil (1969, 1970). McFadden (1974) stated the existence criterion for the conditional logit likelihood (Lemma 3) together with a quadratic-programming test for it (Lemma 4). Albert and Anderson (1984) later classified separation patterns for binary and multinomial logistic regression, and Haberman (1974) treated existence for log-linear models.

Setting

A choice experiment has N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 trials. Trial nnn offers an alternative set of JnJ_nJn​ alternatives, indexed i=1,…,Jni = 1,\dots,J_ni=1,…,Jn​, each described by an attribute vector zin∈RKz_{in} \in \mathbb{R}^Kzin​∈RK (the values of KKK specified functions of the individual's and the alternative's characteristics). Trial nnn is repeated Rn≥1R_n \ge 1Rn​≥1 times, and alternative iii is chosen SinS_{in}Sin​ times, so Rn=∑jSjnR_n = \sum_{j} S_{jn}Rn​=∑j​Sjn​.

For a parameter θ∈RK\theta \in \mathbb{R}^Kθ∈RK, with zinθz_{in}\thetazin​θ the inner product, the selection probabilities are

Pin(θ)=ezinθ∑j=1Jnezjnθ(16)P_{in}(\theta) = \frac{e^{z_{in}\theta}}{\sum_{j=1}^{J_n} e^{z_{jn}\theta}} \qquad (16)Pin​(θ)=∑j=1Jn​​ezjn​θezin​θ​(16)

and the log-likelihood of the sample is

L(θ)=C−∑n=1N∑i=1JnSinlog⁡∑j=1Jne(zjn−zin)θ,C=∑n=1N[log⁡Rn!−∑j=1Jnlog⁡Sjn!].(18)L(\theta) = C - \sum_{n=1}^N \sum_{i=1}^{J_n} S_{in} \log \sum_{j=1}^{J_n} e^{(z_{jn} - z_{in})\theta}, \qquad C = \sum_{n=1}^N \Big[\log R_n! - \sum_{j=1}^{J_n}\log S_{jn}!\Big]. \qquad (18)L(θ)=C−n=1∑N​i=1∑Jn​​Sin​logj=1∑Jn​​e(zjn​−zin​)θ,C=n=1∑N​[logRn​!−j=1∑Jn​​logSjn​!].(18)

Write zˉn(θ)=∑izinPin(θ)\bar z_n(\theta) = \sum_i z_{in}P_{in}(\theta)zˉn​(θ)=∑i​zin​Pin​(θ) for the probability-weighted mean attribute vector of trial nnn.

Axiom 5 (Full Rank). The (∑nJn)×K\big(\sum_n J_n\big)\times K(∑n​Jn​)×K matrix with rows zin−zˉnz_{in} - \bar z_nzin​−zˉn​ has rank KKK.

Axiom 6. There is no nonzero γ∈RK\gamma \in \mathbb{R}^Kγ∈RK with Sin(zjn−zin)γ≤0S_{in}(z_{jn} - z_{in})\gamma \le 0Sin​(zjn​−zin​)γ≤0 for all i,j=1,…,Jni, j = 1,\dots,J_ni,j=1,…,Jn​ and n=1,…,Nn = 1,\dots,Nn=1,…,N. Equivalently, no nonzero direction makes every observed choice weakly best in its alternative set.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3

Under Axiom 5,

(∃ θ^∈RK, ∀θ, L(θ)≤L(θ^))  ⟺  Axiom 6.\big(\exists\, \hat\theta \in \mathbb{R}^K,\ \forall \theta,\ L(\theta) \le L(\hat\theta)\big) \iff \text{Axiom 6}.(∃θ^∈RK, ∀θ, L(θ)≤L(θ^))⟺Axiom 6.

Milestones

  1. Equation (19): the gradient ∂L/∂θ=∑n∑j(Sjn−RnPjn)zjn\partial L/\partial\theta = \sum_n \sum_j (S_{jn} - R_nP_{jn}) z_{jn}∂L/∂θ=∑n​∑j​(Sjn​−Rn​Pjn​)zjn​.
  2. Equation (20): the Hessian ∂2L/∂θ ∂θ′=−∑nRn∑j(zjn−zˉn)′Pjn(zjn−zˉn)\partial^2L/\partial\theta\,\partial\theta' = -\sum_n R_n \sum_j (z_{jn} - \bar z_n)'P_{jn}(z_{jn} - \bar z_n)∂2L/∂θ∂θ′=−∑n​Rn​∑j​(zjn​−zˉn​)′Pjn​(zjn​−zˉn​).
  3. LLL is concave, and every critical point is a global maximizer.
  4. A Hessian that is nonsingular everywhere makes LLL strictly concave with at most one maximizer.
  5. Axiom 5 holds at θ\thetaθ if and only if the Hessian at θ\thetaθ is negative definite.
  6. Necessity: under Axiom 5, a maximizer forces Axiom 6.
  7. Equation (21): under Axiom 6, b(γ)=max⁡nmax⁡i,jSin(zjn−zin)γb(\gamma) = \max_n \max_{i,j} S_{in}(z_{jn}-z_{in})\gammab(γ)=maxn​maxi,j​Sin​(zjn​−zin​)γ has a positive lower bound b∗b^*b∗ on the unit sphere.
  8. The bound L(θ)−C≤−b∗∣θ∣L(\theta) - C \le -b^*|\theta|L(θ)−C≤−b∗∣θ∣ for all θ\thetaθ.
  9. Sufficiency: Axiom 6 gives a maximizer.

Significance

Lemma 3 tells the practitioner when the conditional logit maximum likelihood estimate exists, before any numerical optimization is attempted. It is a linear-inequality condition on the data alone, so it can be checked by linear or quadratic programming (Lemma 4 of the same paper). The existence of the estimator is also the first step of McFadden's asymptotic theory: Lemma 5 shows that Axiom 6 holds with probability tending to one, and Lemma 6, consistency and asymptotic normality, concerns the estimator whose existence Lemma 3 characterizes. The concavity and Hessian formulas (19)–(20) are the basis of the Newton–Raphson computation of the estimator and of its asymptotic covariance matrix.

The result has been proved since 1974 and is classical. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof; Mathlib has no statement about the existence of logit or softmax-regression maximum likelihood estimates. Formalizing it produces a verified existence criterion for the multinomial logit likelihood, verified gradient and Hessian formulas for log-sum-exp likelihoods with repeated observations, and a verified link between full column rank and strict concavity.

Difficulty

The likelihood is concave, and concave functions on RK\mathbb{R}^KRK need not attain their supremum. Concavity alone therefore gives nothing, and existence must come from a growth condition. The obvious approach, "the likelihood is bounded above by CCC, hence attains its maximum", fails: LLL is bounded but can approach its supremum only at infinity, which is exactly the separation case. Sufficiency needs a quantitative rate at which LLL decreases, uniform over all directions; a direction-by-direction argument does not suffice. Necessity requires strict concavity, which is where Axiom 5 and the requirement that every trial be observed enter. A trial with Rn=0R_n = 0Rn​=0 can supply the rank of Axiom 5 while contributing nothing to LLL, so with such a trial necessity fails. The calculus part, (19)–(20), involves differentiating sums of log-sum-exp terms over dependent index types and identifying the result with a weighted covariance operator.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. RK\mathbb{R}^KRK is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin K), so ∣θ∣=(θ′θ)1/2|\theta| = (\theta'\theta)^{1/2}∣θ∣=(θ′θ)1/2 is the Euclidean norm and zθz\thetazθ is the inner product ⟪z, θ⟫. Trials are Fin N, alternatives of trial nnn are Fin (J n), and the counts SinS_{in}Sin​ are natural numbers.
  • Data structure. The structure Data K bundles NNN, JJJ, zzz, SSS and the standing assumptions N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 and Rn=∑iSin≥1R_n = \sum_i S_{in} \ge 1Rn​=∑i​Sin​≥1 for every trial; these make the trial and alternative index sets nonempty.
  • Axioms 1–4 are built in. The model is the logit form (16) with vvv linear in θ\thetaθ (Axiom 4), so "Suppose Axioms 1–5 hold" becomes "Data plus Axiom 5".
  • Axiom 5 is read at every θ\thetaθ. The row space of the matrix does not depend on θ\thetaθ.
  • Hessian. The Hessian is the Fréchet derivative of the gradient vector field (19), as a continuous linear map.
  • The maximizer is global over all of RK\mathbb{R}^KRK. Neither a local maximizer nor "L(θ^)≥L(0)L(\hat\theta) \ge L(0)L(θ^)≥L(0)" is acceptable as the goal; that would make it trivial.
  • Infrastructure. Gradients and Hessians of log-sum-exp with dependent finite index types; positive definiteness from full column rank; attainment of the maximum of a coercive continuous function on a finite-dimensional space. The calculus lemmas are reusable for any multinomial logit or softmax likelihood. Missions 4 and 5 of this series reuse the same model. Contributions of general log-sum-exp lemmas, independent of this mission's definitions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, New York, 1974, pp. 105–142. https://eml.berkeley.edu/reprints/mcfadden/zarembka.pdf
  • A. Albert and J. A. Anderson, On the existence of maximum likelihood estimates in logistic regression models, Biometrika 71(1), 1984, pp. 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/71.1.1
  • S. J. Haberman, The Analysis of Frequency Data, University of Chicago Press, 1974.
  • J. Berkson, Maximum likelihood and minimum χ² estimates of the logistic function, Journal of the American Statistical Association 50, 1955, pp. 130–162. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1955.10501255
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior 2: Random Utility Maximizers Choose by Logit Exactly When Taste Shocks Are Extreme-Value DistributedResearch Paper

Motivation

The conditional logit model assigns to an alternative iii in a finite choice set the probability eVi/∑jeVje^{V_i}/\sum_j e^{V_j}eVi​/∑j​eVj​, where VjV_jVj​ is a "representative utility" built from observed attributes of the alternative and the decision maker. It is the workhorse of discrete choice econometrics, transportation demand forecasting, marketing and revenue management, where it underlies multinomial logit assortment and pricing models. Its appeal for applied work is computational; its appeal for economics is that it can be read as the aggregate behaviour of a population of utility maximizers. This mission formalizes the result that makes that reading exact: Lemmas 1 and 2 of D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior (1974), which show that, under a mild regularity condition, logit choice probabilities arise from random utility maximization exactly when the idiosyncratic taste shocks follow the extreme value (Gumbel) distribution.

Timeline:

  • 1959. J. Marschak gives a nonconstructive proof that i.i.d. extreme value shocks yield logit probabilities; R. D. Luce's choice axiom appears the same year.
  • 1965. Luce and Suppes publish the constructive argument, attributed to E. Holman and A. Marley, that is reproduced as the proof of Lemma 1.
  • 1974. McFadden proves the converse (Lemma 2): if i.i.d. shocks with a translation complete distribution produce logit probabilities, the distribution is extreme value.
  • Later. The random utility characterization was extended to correlated shocks (generalized extreme value models, McFadden 1978), which are not part of this mission.

Setting

An individual faces J≥1J \ge 1J≥1 alternatives with representative utilities V1,…,VJ∈RV_1, \dots, V_J \in \mathbb{R}V1​,…,VJ​∈R. The utility of alternative jjj is Uj=Vj+εjU_j = V_j + \varepsilon_jUj​=Vj​+εj​, where the taste shocks ε1,…,εJ\varepsilon_1, \dots, \varepsilon_Jε1​,…,εJ​ are independent and identically distributed with a common law μ\muμ on R\mathbb{R}R and distribution function G(t)=μ((−∞,t])G(t) = \mu((-\infty, t])G(t)=μ((−∞,t]). The individual chooses the alternative of highest utility, so the selection probability of iii is (Equation (2) of the paper)

Pi(V)=Pr⁡[εj−εi<Vi−Vj  for all j≠i],P_i(V) = \Pr\big[\varepsilon_j - \varepsilon_i < V_i - V_j \ \text{ for all } j \ne i\big],Pi​(V)=Pr[εj​−εi​<Vi​−Vj​  for all j=i],

computed under the product law of the shocks. The logit formula (Equation (12)) is Li(V)=eVi/∑j=1JeVjL_i(V) = e^{V_i}/\sum_{j=1}^J e^{V_j}Li​(V)=eVi​/∑j=1J​eVj​. The extreme value law (Equation (13)) is G(ε)=e−e−εG(\varepsilon) = e^{-e^{-\varepsilon}}G(ε)=e−e−ε.

A law μ\muμ is translation complete if for every function hhh of bounded total variation on R\mathbb{R}R with h(±∞)=0h(\pm\infty) = 0h(±∞)=0, the condition ∫h(e+a) dμ(e)=0\int h(e + a)\, d\mu(e) = 0∫h(e+a)dμ(e)=0 for every real aaa forces h=0h = 0h=0 outside a Lebesgue-null set. Laws whose characteristic function never vanishes, the extreme value law among them, are translation complete (footnote 5 of the paper).

In Lean the law is μ : Measure ℝ with [IsProbabilityMeasure μ], GGG is ProbabilityTheory.cdf μ, the selection probability is selProb μ V i for V : Fin J → ℝ, and the logit formula is logitProb V i.

Formalization targets

Goal: the characterization

Fix a universe XXX of alternatives with a representative utility map u:X→Ru:X\to\mathbb Ru:X→R onto the real line. For a translation complete law μ\muμ normalized by G(0)=e−1G(0) = e^{-1}G(0)=e−1,

(for every finite B⊆X, i∈B: Pi(B)=eu(i)∑j∈Beu(j))  ⟺  (∀ε∈R: G(ε)=e−e−ε).\Big(\text{for every finite }B\subseteq X,\ i\in B:\ P_i(B) = \frac{e^{u(i)}}{\sum_{j\in B} e^{u(j)}}\Big) \iff \Big(\forall \varepsilon \in \mathbb{R}:\ G(\varepsilon) = e^{-e^{-\varepsilon}}\Big).(for every finite B⊆X, i∈B: Pi​(B)=∑j∈B​eu(j)eu(i)​)⟺(∀ε∈R: G(ε)=e−e−ε).

The normalization only fixes the location of the shocks: without it the conclusion is the one-parameter family of Lemma 2 below.

Milestones

  1. Equation (3) for i.i.d. shocks without atoms: Pi(V)=∫∏j≠iG(ε+Vi−Vj) dG(ε)P_i(V) = \int \prod_{j \ne i} G(\varepsilon + V_i - V_j)\, dG(\varepsilon)Pi​(V)=∫∏j=i​G(ε+Vi​−Vj​)dG(ε).
  2. The integrand of Lemma 1's proof: under (13), the density times the other distribution functions equals e−εexp⁡(−e−ε∑jeVj−Vi)e^{-\varepsilon} \exp\big(-e^{-\varepsilon} \sum_j e^{V_j - V_i}\big)e−εexp(−e−ε∑j​eVj​−Vi​).
  3. Lemma 1: extreme value shocks give Pi(V)=Li(V)P_i(V) = L_i(V)Pi​(V)=Li​(V) for every JJJ and VVV.
  4. The functional equation of Lemma 2's proof: G(v−log⁡K)=G(v)KG(v - \log K) = G(v)^KG(v−logK)=G(v)K for every positive integer KKK and real vvv.
  5. Values at logarithms of rationals: with α=−log⁡G(0)\alpha = -\log G(0)α=−logG(0), α>0\alpha > 0α>0 and G(log⁡(K/L))=e−αL/KG(\log(K/L)) = e^{-\alpha L / K}G(log(K/L))=e−αL/K for positive integers K,LK, LK,L.
  6. Lemma 2: G(ε)=e−αe−εG(\varepsilon) = e^{-\alpha e^{-\varepsilon}}G(ε)=e−αe−ε for some α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and G(0)=e−1G(0) = e^{-1}G(0)=e−1 gives (13).

Significance

The result separates two readings of the logit formula. Lemma 1 shows that it is consistent with utility maximization; Lemma 2 shows that, within the class of i.i.d. additive random utility models with translation complete shocks, the extreme value law is the only one consistent with it. Consequences drawn from the random utility reading, such as the log-sum formula for expected maximum utility used in welfare analysis, therefore apply to logit models without further distributional assumptions inside that class. The same reading supports the interpretation of multinomial logit demand in assortment optimization and revenue management.

Both lemmas are proved in the paper and in later textbooks; neither is open. As far as a search of the Prove2Me catalog shows, neither has a machine-checked proof. The mission provides Lean statements of the random utility model with i.i.d. shocks, of translation completeness and of the extreme value law that later discrete choice formalizations can reuse.

Difficulty

Lemma 1 is a computation with the extreme value density; its formal cost lies in passing from the product-measure probability (2) to the iterated integral (3) and evaluating an improper integral. Lemma 2 is harder. The natural first idea is to differentiate the logit identity in the utilities and solve a differential equation for GGG; this requires a density, which Lemma 2 does not assume. Without a density, the only handle on GGG is the logit identity itself, an equality of integrals against dGdGdG that holds for every utility vector; turning such integral identities into pointwise information about GGG is where the hypothesis of translation completeness enters, and it yields statements only outside a Lebesgue-null set, so one-sided continuity of distribution functions is needed to recover identities at every point. A second subtlety is that the paper's (14) is written with GGG while the event (2) is strict, so with a general law the integrals involve left limits of GGG.

Formalization scope

Alternatives are indexed by Fin J; the model is indexed by the utility vector, so the individual attributes sss and alternative attributes xjx_jxj​ enter only through VVV. The shocks have joint law Measure.pi (fun _ => μ), which is what "independently identically distributed" means; a general joint law is not allowed. The event in (2) uses strict inequalities, and the selection probability is defined for every law, with no density. Translation completeness quantifies over BoundedVariationOn h Set.univ with limits 000 at both ends; such hhh are bounded and measurable, so the integrals are genuine, and "measure zero" is Lebesgue measure.

Lemma 2's hypothesis is stated on every finite subset of the paper's alternative universe, with a surjective utility map. Distinct alternatives may have the same utility. The printed proof uses KKK equal-utility alternatives, which surjectivity alone need not supply; proving the stated theorem requires an additional continuity argument. A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the selection probability is a genuine product-measure probability, and the hypotheses of the goal are met by the extreme value law, which is translation complete with G(0)=e−1G(0) = e^{-1}G(0)=e−1.

A complete development needs: Fubini for Measure.pi over Fin J split at one coordinate; the Gumbel density and the improper integral ∫e−εe−ce−εdε=1/c\int e^{-\varepsilon} e^{-c e^{-\varepsilon}} d\varepsilon = 1/c∫e−εe−ce−εdε=1/c; the facts that bounded-variation functions are bounded and measurable and that distribution functions are right-continuous with left limits. The integral representation (milestone 1) and the Gumbel computations are reusable in any random utility formalization. Proofs of the milestones, of the footnote-5 fact that the extreme value law is translation complete, and alternative proofs of Lemma 2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, New York, 1974, pp. 105–142.
  • J. Marschak, Binary choice constraints and random utility indicators, in K. Arrow, S. Karlin, P. Suppes (eds.), Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960 (Stanford Symposium, 1959).
  • R. D. Luce and P. Suppes, Preference, utility, and subjective probability, in R. D. Luce, R. Bush, E. Galanter (eds.), Handbook of Mathematical Psychology, Vol. III, Wiley, 1965.
  • R. D. Luce, Individual Choice Behavior: A Theoretical Analysis, Wiley, 1959.
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, Wiley, 1966, p. 479.
  • D. McFadden, Modelling the choice of residential location, in A. Karlqvist et al. (eds.), Spatial Interaction Theory and Planning Models, North-Holland, 1978, pp. 75–96.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryMarkov ChainOperations Research+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VIII: Markov Fields — A Positive Random Field Is Markov iff It Factorizes over the Simplices of the GraphTextbook

Motivation

Many systems consist of a finite number of sites whose states influence one another only locally: fruit trees in an orchard that are diseased or healthy, power sources that are working or broken, individuals holding one of several views. Chapter 9 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) asks which joint distributions such systems have in equilibrium. Earlier chapters of the book produce product-form distributions in which the components are independent; spatial models instead give a limited dependence, and §9.1 makes that notion precise through Markov fields.

The central characterization, that a positive random field is Markov with respect to a graph exactly when it factorizes over the cliques of that graph, is the theorem of Hammersley and Clifford (1971, unpublished manuscript), with published proofs by Besag (1974), Grimmett (1973) and Preston (1973). It underlies Gibbs random fields in statistical mechanics, spatial statistics, image analysis and graphical models. Kelly's §§9.2–9.3 then use it to identify the equilibrium distributions of interacting-particle Markov processes ("spatial processes"), connecting it to reversibility and partial balance.

Setting

There are JJJ sites, the vertices of a finite graph GGG; ∂j\partial j∂j is the set of neighbours of site jjj and G−jG-jG−j the set of sites other than jjj. Site jjj carries an attribute njn_jnj​ from a finite set Nj\mathcal N_jNj​, and a state is n=(n1,…,nJ)\mathbf n=(n_1,\dots,n_J)n=(n1​,…,nJ​) in S=N1×⋯×NJ\mathcal S=\mathcal N_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal N_JS=N1​×⋯×NJ​. For a set of sites HHH, nH\mathbf n_HnH​ is the vector of attributes of the sites in HHH. The operator TjmT_j^mTjm​ changes the attribute of site jjj to mmm.

A random field is a function π\piπ on S\mathcal SS with π(n)>0\pi(\mathbf n)>0π(n)>0 for every state and ∑nπ(n)=1\sum_{\mathbf n}\pi(\mathbf n)=1∑n​π(n)=1. The conditional probability that site jjj has attribute njn_jnj​ given all other sites is

P(nj∣nG−j)=π(n)∑m∈Njπ(Tjmn).(9.1)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = \frac{\pi(\mathbf n)}{\sum_{m\in\mathcal N_j}\pi(T_j^m\mathbf n)}. \qquad (9.1)P(nj​∣nG−j​)=∑m∈Nj​​π(Tjm​n)π(n)​.(9.1)

π\piπ is a Markov field if P(nj∣nG−j)=P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣nG−j​)=P(nj​∣n∂j​) for every jjj and n\mathbf nn (9.2): the attribute of a site depends on the rest of the system only through its neighbours. A simplex is a single site or a set of sites any two of which are neighbours; C\mathcal CC is the set of simplices of GGG.

A spatial process is a Markov process n(t)\mathbf n(t)n(t) on S\mathcal SS with rates qqq such that (i) only one component changes at a time, (ii) q(n,Tjmn)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)q(n,Tjm​n) depends on n\mathbf nn only through njn_jnj​ and n∂j\mathbf n_{\partial j}n∂j​, and (iii) TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n can be reached from n\mathbf nn by transitions that do not alter nG−j\mathbf n_{G-j}nG−j​. The general spatial process of §9.3 has rates

q(n,Tjmn)=λj(nj,m) Φ(n)ΦG−j(nG−j)(9.15)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)=\lambda_j(n_j,m)\,\frac{\Phi(\mathbf n)}{\Phi_{G-j}(\mathbf n_{G-j})} \qquad (9.15)q(n,Tjm​n)=λj​(nj​,m)ΦG−j​(nG−j​)Φ(n)​(9.15)

for positive functions Φ\PhiΦ, ΦG−j\Phi_{G-j}ΦG−j​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.2 (p. 186)

A random field π\piπ is a Markov field if and only if

π(n)=B∏C∈CϕC(nC),n∈S,(9.5)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\prod_{C\in\mathcal C}\phi_C(\mathbf n_C), \qquad \mathbf n\in\mathcal S, \qquad (9.5)π(n)=BC∈C∏​ϕC​(nC​),n∈S,(9.5)

for some constant BBB and functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 9.1 (p. 185): the conditional probabilities P(nj∣nG−j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j})P(nj​∣nG−j​), j∈Gj\in Gj∈G, n∈S\mathbf n\in\mathcal Sn∈S, determine the random field uniquely.
  • Theorem 9.3 (p. 189): the equilibrium distribution of a reversible spatial process is a Markov field.
  • Theorem 9.4 (p. 193): for the rates (9.15), with αj>0\alpha_j>0αj​>0 solving αj(n)∑mλj(n,m)=∑mαj(m)λj(m,n)\alpha_j(n)\sum_m\lambda_j(n,m)=\sum_m\alpha_j(m)\lambda_j(m,n)αj​(n)∑m​λj​(n,m)=∑m​αj​(m)λj​(m,n) (9.16), the equilibrium distribution is
π(n)=B ∏j=1Jαj(nj)Φ(n),(9.17)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\,\frac{\prod_{j=1}^J\alpha_j(n_j)}{\Phi(\mathbf n)}, \qquad (9.17)π(n)=BΦ(n)∏j=1J​αj​(nj​)​,(9.17)

and it satisfies the partial balance equations (9.18) site by site.

Significance

Theorem 9.2 turns a statement about conditional laws, which is how local interaction is usually specified, into an explicit parametrization of the joint law by clique potentials. On a lattice with binary attributes it reduces a Markov field to one parameter per site and one per pair of adjacent sites, giving the form π(n)=BαMβR\pi(\mathbf n)=B\alpha^M\beta^Rπ(n)=BαMβR (9.9). Theorem 9.3 shows that local, reversible dynamics produce Markov-field equilibria, and Theorem 9.4 gives a family of non-reversible processes, containing the closed migration process of Chapter 2, whose equilibria are still explicit; its partial balance equations are the bridge to §9.4.

All four results are classical and proved in the book. They are not, to our knowledge, machine-checked in this discrete form. The platform has an open statement of Hammersley–Clifford in a different setting, HighDimStat.GraphicalModels.thm11_8_hammersley_clifford (Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Theorem 11.8): a random vector in RV\mathbb R^VRV with a strictly positive Lebesgue density and the global (separation) Markov property. Neither statement implies the other as formalized, so this mission poses Kelly's finite, local version separately. A formal proof here also gives reusable infrastructure: conditional probabilities of a distribution on a finite product space, and factorizations over the cliques of a graph.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is routine. The "only if" direction is where the content lies: the functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​ must be produced from π\piπ alone, and a product over the cliques of GGG must reproduce π\piπ at every state, not only at the states whose nonzero attributes sit on a single clique. The natural first idea, one factor per site read off from the conditional laws, fails as soon as two sites interact. The Markov property must also be brought from its explicit form (9.2), which involves a marginal over the non-neighbours, into a usable statement about π\piπ itself. Strict positivity is essential: without it the "only if" direction is false (Exercise 9.2.2). For Theorem 9.3, condition (iii) cannot be dropped: Exercise 9.2.2 gives a reversible process satisfying (i) and (ii) whose equilibrium is not a Markov field, so any argument that uses only the local form of the rates fails.

Formalization scope

  • Sites form an arbitrary finite type V with decidable equality; attributes at site j form a finite type N j, which may differ between sites. States are dependent functions (j : V) → N j, and TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n is Function.update n j m. The graph is a Mathlib SimpleGraph V, so ∂j\partial j∂j is G.neighborSet j.
  • A random field is a real function, positive at every state, with finite sum 111. P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣n∂j​) is the conditional probability computed from π\piπ (a ratio of finite sums), so (9.2) is stated literally.
  • Simplices are the nonempty cliques of the given graph GGG, including single sites. The factorization ranges over exactly these sets; a product over all subsets of sites, or over the cliques of the complete graph, would make the goal trivially true and is ruled out.
  • Theorems 9.3 and 9.4 are read at the level of rates: "equilibrium distribution of a reversible process" is a positive distribution summing to one in detailed balance with qqq (the published KellyStochasticNetworks.DetailedBalance), and "equilibrium distribution" in 9.4 is a positive distribution summing to one satisfying the equilibrium equations (KellyStochasticNetworks.FullBalance), together with its uniqueness under irreducibility. The Markov process itself is not constructed. The state space is always finite, so all sums are finite.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any item, general lemmas on conditional laws over finite product spaces, and a formal account of the general Hammersley–Clifford theorem that both this mission and the Wainwright statement could use.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 9. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • J. Besag, Spatial interaction and the statistical analysis of lattice systems, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 36 (1974), 192–236. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1974.tb00999.x
  • G. R. Grimmett, A theorem about random fields, Bull. London Math. Soc. 5 (1973), 81–84. https://doi.org/10.1112/blms/5.1.81
  • C. J. Preston, Generalized Gibbs states and Markov random fields, Adv. Appl. Probab. 5 (1973), 242–261. https://doi.org/10.2307/1426035
  • M. J. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Cambridge University Press, 2019, Theorem 11.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108627771
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Variance-based Regularization with Convex Objectives IV: Fast Rates for Approximate Robust Minimizers under a Growth ConditionResearch Paper

Motivation

In stochastic optimization and statistical learning one chooses a parameter θ\thetaθ from a set Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd to make the risk R(θ)=EP[ℓ(θ;X)]R(\theta)=\mathbb E_P[\ell(\theta;X)]R(θ)=EP​[ℓ(θ;X)] small, having seen only a sample X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ from PPP. Generalization bounds suggest trading empirical risk against its standard deviation, but the variance-penalized objective is non-convex even for convex losses. Duchi and Namkoong (arXiv:1610.02581v3) replace it by the robustly regularized risk, the worst-case expected loss over a χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence ball around the empirical distribution. This objective is convex whenever ℓ\ellℓ is, and it agrees with the variance-penalized objective up to a small error.

When the risk has curvature near its minimizers, empirical risk minimization attains rates faster than 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ (Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson 2005; Shapiro, Dentcheva and Ruszczyński 2009). Section 4.1 of the paper asks whether minimizers of the robust risk, which carry an extra variance-dependent penalty of order ρ/n\sqrt{\rho/n}ρ/n​, keep these fast rates. Its Theorem 5 answers yes, and does so for approximate minimizers, which is what iterative solvers return.

Setting

A loss ℓ:Rd×X→R\ell:\mathbb R^d\times\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rℓ:Rd×X→R is fixed, with ℓ(⋅;x)\ell(\cdot;x)ℓ(⋅;x) convex and LLL-Lipschitz on a convex set Θ\ThetaΘ for every xxx, and ℓ(θ;⋅)\ell(\theta;\cdot)ℓ(θ;⋅) integrable. The risk is R(θ)=EP[ℓ(θ;X)]R(\theta)=\mathbb E_P[\ell(\theta;X)]R(θ)=EP​[ℓ(θ;X)].

For a radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, the χ2\chi^2χ2 ball around the empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​ is the set of weight vectors

Pn={p∈R+n:12∥np−1∥22≤ρ, ⟨1,p⟩=1},\mathcal P_n=\Big\{p\in\mathbb R^n_+:\tfrac12\|np-\mathbf 1\|_2^2\le\rho,\ \langle\mathbf 1,p\rangle=1\Big\},Pn​={p∈R+n​:21​∥np−1∥22​≤ρ, ⟨1,p⟩=1},

and the robust risk is Rn(θ,Pn)=sup⁡p∈Pn∑ipi ℓ(θ;Xi)R_n(\theta,\mathcal P_n)=\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_n}\sum_i p_i\,\ell(\theta;X_i)Rn​(θ,Pn​)=supp∈Pn​​∑i​pi​ℓ(θ;Xi​).

For ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0 the ϵ\epsilonϵ-suboptimal sets of the risk and of the robust risk are

S⋆ϵ={θ∈Θ:R(θ)≤inf⁡ΘR+ϵ},S^⋆ϵ={θ∈Θ:Rn(θ,Pn)≤inf⁡ΘRn(⋅,Pn)+ϵ},S_\star^\epsilon=\{\theta\in\Theta:R(\theta)\le\inf_\Theta R+\epsilon\},\qquad\widehat S_\star^\epsilon=\{\theta\in\Theta:R_n(\theta,\mathcal P_n)\le\inf_\Theta R_n(\cdot,\mathcal P_n)+\epsilon\},S⋆ϵ​={θ∈Θ:R(θ)≤Θinf​R+ϵ},S⋆ϵ​={θ∈Θ:Rn​(θ,Pn​)≤Θinf​Rn​(⋅,Pn​)+ϵ},

with S⋆=S⋆0S_\star=S_\star^0S⋆​=S⋆0​ the solution set and πS⋆\pi_{S_\star}πS⋆​​ the Euclidean projection onto it. The risk satisfies a growth condition of order γ>1\gamma>1γ>1 if, for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and r>0r>0r>0,

R(θ)−inf⁡ΘR ≥ λ dist(θ,S⋆)γwhenever dist(θ,S⋆)≤r.(26)R(\theta)-\inf_\Theta R\ \ge\ \lambda\,\mathrm{dist}(\theta,S_\star)^\gamma\quad\text{whenever }\mathrm{dist}(\theta,S_\star)\le r.\tag{26}R(θ)−Θinf​R ≥ λdist(θ,S⋆​)γwhenever dist(θ,S⋆​)≤r.(26)

The complexity of the problem enters through the localized class {x↦ℓ(θ;x)−ℓ(πS⋆(θ);x):θ∈A}\{x\mapsto\ell(\theta;x)-\ell(\pi_{S_\star}(\theta);x):\theta\in A\}{x↦ℓ(θ;x)−ℓ(πS⋆​​(θ);x):θ∈A} and its empirical Rademacher complexity Rn(A)=Eε[sup⁡θ∈A1n∑iεi(ℓ(θ;Xi)−ℓ(πS⋆(θ);Xi))]\mathfrak R_n(A)=\mathbb E_\varepsilon\big[\sup_{\theta\in A}\frac1n\sum_i\varepsilon_i(\ell(\theta;X_i)-\ell(\pi_{S_\star}(\theta);X_i))\big]Rn​(A)=Eε​[supθ∈A​n1​∑i​εi​(ℓ(θ;Xi​)−ℓ(πS⋆​​(θ);Xi​))], with independent uniform signs εi∈{±1}\varepsilon_i\in\{\pm1\}εi​∈{±1}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 19)

For t>0t>0t>0, ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, and 0<ϵ≤12λrγ0<\epsilon\le\frac12\lambda r^\gamma0<ϵ≤21​λrγ satisfying

ϵ≥(28γLγλ)1γ−1(ρn)γ2(γ−1)andϵ2≥2 E[Rn(S⋆2ϵ)]+L(2ϵλ)1γ2tn,(27)\epsilon\ge\Big(2\frac{8^\gamma L^\gamma}{\lambda}\Big)^{\frac1{\gamma-1}}\Big(\frac\rho n\Big)^{\frac\gamma{2(\gamma-1)}}\quad\text{and}\quad\frac\epsilon2\ge2\,\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(S_\star^{2\epsilon})]+L\Big(\frac{2\epsilon}\lambda\Big)^{\frac1\gamma}\sqrt{\frac{2t}n},\tag{27}ϵ≥(2λ8γLγ​)γ−11​(nρ​)2(γ−1)γ​and2ϵ​≥2E[Rn​(S⋆2ϵ​)]+L(λ2ϵ​)γ1​n2t​​,(27) P(S^⋆ϵ⊂S⋆2ϵ) ≥ 1−e−t.\mathbb P\big(\widehat S_\star^\epsilon\subset S_\star^{2\epsilon}\big)\ \ge\ 1-e^{-t}.P(S⋆ϵ​⊂S⋆2ϵ​) ≥ 1−e−t.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Localization (p. 44). Under (26), S⋆2ϵS_\star^{2\epsilon}S⋆2ϵ​ lies in {θ∈Θ:dist(θ,S⋆)≤(2ϵ/λ)1/γ}\{\theta\in\Theta:\mathrm{dist}(\theta,S_\star)\le(2\epsilon/\lambda)^{1/\gamma}\}{θ∈Θ:dist(θ,S⋆​)≤(2ϵ/λ)1/γ}.
  2. Theorem 1, upper half of (10) (p. 7). sup⁡p∈Pn⟨p,z⟩−zˉ≤2ρsn2/n\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_n}\langle p,z\rangle-\bar z\le\sqrt{2\rho s_n^2/n}supp∈Pn​​⟨p,z⟩−zˉ≤2ρsn2​/n​ for every z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn.
  3. Claim E.1 (p. 44). If S^⋆ϵ⊄S⋆2ϵ\widehat S_\star^\epsilon\not\subset S_\star^{2\epsilon}S⋆ϵ​⊂S⋆2ϵ​, the localized deviation Δn\Delta_nΔn​ plus a variance term reaches ϵ\epsilonϵ somewhere on S⋆2ϵS_\star^{2\epsilon}S⋆2ϵ​.
  4. Display (43) (p. 45). P(S^⋆ϵ⊄S⋆2ϵ)≤P(sup⁡S⋆2ϵΔn≥ϵ/2)\mathbb P(\widehat S_\star^\epsilon\not\subset S_\star^{2\epsilon})\le\mathbb P(\sup_{S_\star^{2\epsilon}}\Delta_n\ge\epsilon/2)P(S⋆ϵ​⊂S⋆2ϵ​)≤P(supS⋆2ϵ​​Δn​≥ϵ/2).
  5. Concentration (p. 45). P(sup⁡S⋆2ϵΔn≥2E[Rn(S⋆2ϵ)]+u)≤exp⁡(−nu22L2(λ2ϵ)2/γ)\mathbb P(\sup_{S_\star^{2\epsilon}}\Delta_n\ge2\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(S_\star^{2\epsilon})]+u)\le\exp(-\frac{nu^2}{2L^2}(\frac\lambda{2\epsilon})^{2/\gamma})P(supS⋆2ϵ​​Δn​≥2E[Rn​(S⋆2ϵ​)]+u)≤exp(−2L2nu2​(2ϵλ​)2/γ).

Significance

The theorem says that the variance penalty implicit in the robust objective does not cost the fast rates available under curvature. The ρ\rhoρ-dependent condition in (27) is of order (ρ/n)γ/(2(γ−1))(\rho/n)^{\gamma/(2(\gamma-1))}(ρ/n)γ/(2(γ−1)), which for quadratic growth (γ=2\gamma=2γ=2) is ρ/n\rho/nρ/n, the same order as the localized complexity term in typical parametric problems. Corollary 4.1 of the paper derives explicit rates of order dnlog⁡nd+tn+ρn\frac dn\log\frac nd+\frac tn+\frac\rho nnd​logdn​+nt​+nρ​ from it for a unique minimizer. The result applies to ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate minimizers, so it covers the output of the stochastic-gradient methods used to solve the robust problem.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix E). None of it is formalized: no statement about growth conditions, localized deviations of a robust objective, or fast rates for robust minimizers is on Prove2Me. A formal proof would check the printed constants, settle the boundary case ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0 (see below), and produce a localization lemma and a reduction from approximate robust minimizers to empirical processes that apply to other estimators.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at two points. First, a uniform deviation bound over all of Θ\ThetaΘ gives only the 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ rate: the speed-up comes from localizing to S⋆2ϵS_\star^{2\epsilon}S⋆2ϵ​, which requires transferring the growth condition, assumed only within distance rrr of S⋆S_\starS⋆​, to every 2ϵ2\epsilon2ϵ-suboptimal point by convexity. Second, the robust risk is not an empirical average, so standard comparisons between empirical and population minimizers do not apply. Claim E.1 handles this by moving along the segment from a bad approximate minimizer to its projection, which needs the projection to be preserved along that segment (a normal-cone property of πS⋆\pi_{S_\star}πS⋆​​) and the risk to be continuous there. The robust–empirical gap is then controlled by the variance expansion of Theorem 1. The concentration step needs a bounded-differences inequality for a supremum over an uncountable class, together with symmetrization; neither is in Mathlib in this form.

Formalization scope

Parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so norms, distances and projections are Euclidean. The sample is the coordinate process of the product measure P⊗nP^{\otimes n}P⊗n on Fin n → X, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and probabilities are measures of sample sets (the outer measure for a set that is not measurable). The χ2\chi^2χ2 ball is the weight-vector form (8). The suboptimal sets are written without infima (R(θ)≤R(θ′)+ϵR(\theta)\le R(\theta')+\epsilonR(θ)≤R(θ′)+ϵ for all θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ). Each supremum "sup⁡≥c\sup\ge csup≥c" is written as "for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 some θ\thetaθ reaches c−δc-\deltac−δ", so no statement relies on the default value of a real supremum. The Rademacher complexity is the published UnderstandingML.rademacher, and its expectation over the sample is assumed integrable, so that it is the true expectation and not the default value 000 of a Bochner integral. Lipschitz continuity is required on Θ\ThetaΘ, as printed.

Corrections and presuppositions:

  • ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0. The paper prints 0≤ϵ0\le\epsilon0≤ϵ. At ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0, ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0, both conditions of (27) hold, yet for ℓ(θ;x)=12(θ−x)2\ell(\theta;x)=\frac12(\theta-x)^2ℓ(θ;x)=21​(θ−x)2 on Θ=[−1,1]\Theta=[-1,1]Θ=[−1,1] with XXX uniform on [−12,12][-\frac12,\frac12][−21​,21​] the robust minimizer is the sample mean, which is almost surely not in S⋆={0}S_\star=\{0\}S⋆​={0}. The proof divides by ϵ\epsilonϵ (p. 45). The goal is stated for ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0.
  • S⋆S_\starS⋆​ nonempty and closed are assumed. The projection πS⋆\pi_{S_\star}πS⋆​​ presupposes them, and Appendix E calls S⋆S_\starS⋆​ closed.
  • Only the upper half of Theorem 1's (10) is stated; it needs no boundedness of the values.

The constant (2⋅8γLγ/λ)1/(γ−1)\big(2\cdot8^\gamma L^\gamma/\lambda\big)^{1/(\gamma-1)}(2⋅8γLγ/λ)1/(γ−1) is the printed one; the proof uses a smaller one, which the printed condition implies. The hypotheses ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, γ>1\gamma>1γ>1 and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 make every power well defined. A formalization that assumed (26) vacuously, took ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0, or let the Rademacher term be a non-integrable Bochner integral would trivialize the goal; the statements rule these out.

Infrastructure: Euclidean projection onto closed convex sets and its normal-cone characterization (partly in Mathlib), convexity of integral functionals, McDiarmid's bounded-differences inequality, and symmetrization for suprema of empirical processes. The concentration tools and the localization lemma can be reused beyond this mission. Contributions toward McDiarmid's inequality and symmetrization are especially welcome.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet and S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053605000000282
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi and P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities: A Nonasymptotic Theory of Independence, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718751
  • A. Maurer and M. Pontil, Empirical Bernstein bounds and sample variance penalization, COLT, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.3740
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 17Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me